1 #LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
107 \paperorientation portrait
111 \notefontcolor #0000ff
128 \paragraph_separation indent
129 \paragraph_indentation default
130 \quotes_language english
133 \paperpagestyle default
134 \tracking_changes true
135 \output_changes false
139 \author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
155 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
157 \begin_inset CommandInset href
159 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
170 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 \begin_inset Note Note
181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
182 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
183 \begin_inset Newline newline
188 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
196 \begin_layout Standard
197 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
198 LatexCommand tableofcontents
205 \begin_layout Chapter
209 \begin_layout Section
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 LyX is a document preparation system.
215 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
216 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
217 It is unlike most other
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
227 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 pt type, left justified, 5
244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
252 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
256 \begin_layout Standard
257 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
270 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
274 \begin_layout Standard
276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
288 the format of all of the manuals.
289 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
290 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
307 \begin_layout Section
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
314 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
315 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
321 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
322 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
324 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
325 only a vertical scrollbar.
326 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
327 The first case is large images.
328 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
335 LaTeX and LyX options
338 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
340 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
341 this doesn't work for equations yet.
344 \begin_layout Standard
345 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
353 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
360 \begin_layout Section
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
370 of the manuals from inside LyX.
371 Just select the manual you want read from the
378 \begin_layout Section
380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
382 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
389 \begin_layout Standard
390 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
392 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
396 \begin_inset Index idx
399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
405 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
406 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
407 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
409 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
410 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
415 \begin_inset space \space{}
418 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
419 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
421 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
425 \begin_inset Index idx
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
429 Reconfiguration of LyX
434 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
437 \begin_layout Section
439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
441 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
450 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
452 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
453 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
460 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
461 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
464 \begin_layout Standard
465 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
466 you can view from the menu
468 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
487 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
488 reconfigure LyX (menu
490 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
494 \begin_inset Note Note
497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
498 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
506 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
507 More about TeX Code is described in section
512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
514 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
518 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
525 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
535 \begin_inset Index idx
538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
539 Reconfiguration of LyX
544 See section 5.1 of the
548 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
551 \begin_layout Chapter
555 \begin_layout Section
556 Basic File Operations
557 \begin_inset Index idx
560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
569 \begin_layout Standard
574 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
575 in addition to some more advanced operations:
578 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
626 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
648 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 \begin_layout Itemize
690 arg "dialog-show print"
696 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Standard
703 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
704 a few minor differences.
707 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
722 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
723 you for a template to use.
724 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
725 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
726 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
734 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
741 \begin_layout Standard
742 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
774 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
775 space is just that — a big, blank space.
783 \begin_layout Standard
804 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
809 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
834 will reload the document from disk.
835 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
836 and want to restore it to the last save.
845 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
846 can identify them as your changes.
849 \begin_layout Section
850 Basic Editing Features
851 \begin_inset Index idx
854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
863 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
872 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
873 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
874 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
876 We will start with cut and paste.
879 \begin_layout Standard
880 As you might expect, the
884 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
885 various other editing features.
886 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
890 \begin_layout Itemize
904 \begin_layout Itemize
918 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_layout Itemize
942 \begin_layout Itemize
952 \begin_layout Itemize
968 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
974 \begin_layout Standard
975 The first three are self-explanatory.
976 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
977 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
986 keys also function as the
991 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
992 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
993 You will have to do an
997 to get back the lost text.
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1001 \begin_inset Index idx
1004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1010 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1014 \begin_inset space ~
1019 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1022 \begin_layout Standard
1025 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1030 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1047 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1051 \begin_inset space ~
1056 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1057 will start a new paragraph.
1060 \begin_layout Standard
1061 \begin_inset Index idx
1064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1071 \begin_inset Index idx
1074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1084 \begin_inset space ~
1088 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1106 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1111 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 button to skip the current word.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1141 \begin_inset space ~
1146 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1148 If the toggle is set, searching for
1149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 will not match the word
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 Match whole words only
1177 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1206 LyX offers also an advanced
1209 \begin_inset space ~
1213 \begin_inset space ~
1218 feature that is described in sec.
1219 \begin_inset space ~
1223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1225 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1232 \begin_layout Standard
1233 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1234 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1236 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1241 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1248 \begin_layout Standard
1249 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1252 arg "inset-select-all"
1258 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1261 selects the whole document.
1264 \begin_layout Section
1266 \begin_inset Index idx
1269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1276 \begin_inset Index idx
1279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1288 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1295 \begin_layout Standard
1296 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1297 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1300 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1303 or the toolbar button
1309 to undo some mistake.
1310 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1312 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1315 or the toolbar button
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1337 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1346 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1347 This is a consequence of the 100
1348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1351 step undo limit, above.
1354 \begin_layout Standard
1363 work on almost everything in LyX.
1364 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1368 \begin_layout Section
1370 \begin_inset Index idx
1373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1382 \begin_layout Standard
1383 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1386 \begin_layout Enumerate
1391 \begin_layout Itemize
1396 once anywhere in the edit window.
1397 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1401 \begin_layout Enumerate
1406 \begin_layout Itemize
1412 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1415 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1418 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1421 \begin_layout Itemize
1422 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1424 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1431 \begin_layout Enumerate
1432 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1436 \begin_layout Standard
1437 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1438 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1442 \begin_layout Section
1444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1446 name "sec:Navigating"
1451 \begin_inset Index idx
1454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1467 \begin_layout Itemize
1472 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1473 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1476 \begin_layout Itemize
1477 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1479 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1482 or by the toolbar button
1485 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1491 \begin_layout Itemize
1492 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1494 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 and use the same menu to return to them.
1498 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1505 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1510 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1514 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1515 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1516 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1517 your last editing position.
1520 \begin_layout Subsection
1524 \begin_layout Standard
1525 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1526 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1527 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1534 LatexCommand formatted
1535 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1539 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1804 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1809 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1816 \begin_inset space ~
1820 \begin_inset space ~
1825 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1829 \begin_inset space ~
1834 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1835 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1839 \begin_inset space ~
1845 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1846 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1850 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are
1851 completions available.
1856 key to accept a proposed completion.
1857 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1858 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1859 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1866 \begin_layout Standard
1867 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1868 ing options for text.
1869 The special math option
1873 enables that characters can be composed.
1874 If you for example want to insert the character
1875 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1878 , you can then input the characters
1879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1890 to a formula to get it.
1891 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1892 of the math toolbar.
1893 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1897 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1898 Math autocorrection can any time turned on by pressing the exclamation
1907 \begin_layout Section
1909 \begin_inset Index idx
1912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1919 \begin_inset Index idx
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1951 \begin_inset Index idx
1954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1986 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1999 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2001 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2007 \begin_layout Standard
2011 \begin_inset space ~
2019 \begin_inset space ~
2040 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2044 \begin_layout Labeling
2045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2049 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2050 LatexCommand nomenclature
2052 description "Tabulator key"
2058 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2059 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2060 \begin_inset space ~
2064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2066 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2073 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2077 , especially section
2078 \begin_inset space ~
2082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2084 reference "sub:Lists"
2090 If you're still confused, look in the
2095 \begin_inset Newline newline
2098 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2101 \begin_layout Labeling
2102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2106 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2107 LatexCommand nomenclature
2109 description "Escape key"
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2123 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2124 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2127 \begin_layout Labeling
2128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2134 \begin_inset space ~
2138 \begin_inset space ~
2145 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2146 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2150 \begin_layout Standard
2151 There are three modifier keys:
2154 \begin_layout Labeling
2155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2174 LatexCommand nomenclature
2176 description "Control key"
2180 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2181 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2185 \begin_layout Itemize
2194 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2197 \begin_layout Itemize
2206 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2209 \begin_layout Itemize
2218 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2222 \begin_layout Labeling
2223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2241 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2242 LatexCommand nomenclature
2244 description "Shift key"
2248 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2249 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2252 \begin_layout Labeling
2253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2271 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2272 LatexCommand nomenclature
2274 description "Alt or Meta key"
2278 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2279 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2280 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2286 \begin_inset Newline newline
2289 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2291 menu accelerator keys
2294 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2295 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 For example, the sequence
2301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2307 \begin_inset space ~
2311 \begin_inset space ~
2317 \begin_inset space ~
2325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2344 \begin_inset space ~
2350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2360 \begin_layout Standard
2365 manual lists all other things bound to the
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2374 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2375 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2376 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2377 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2378 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2379 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2380 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2382 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2398 followed by a capital
2405 \begin_layout Standard
2406 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2413 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2416 as explained in sec.
2417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2423 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2430 \begin_layout Chapter
2432 \begin_inset Index idx
2435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2444 \begin_layout Section
2446 \begin_inset Index idx
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2458 \begin_layout Subsection
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2464 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2465 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2466 numbering schemes, and so on.
2467 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2468 and format the title of your document differently.
2471 \begin_layout Standard
2476 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2477 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2478 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2479 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2480 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2483 \begin_layout Standard
2484 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2485 how to adjust their properties.
2488 \begin_layout Subsection
2490 \begin_inset Index idx
2493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2502 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 You can select a class using the
2512 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2513 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2517 \begin_inset Index idx
2520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2535 \begin_layout Standard
2536 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2540 \begin_layout Description
2541 Article for basic articles
2544 \begin_layout Description
2545 Report for basic reports
2548 \begin_layout Description
2549 Book for writing a book
2552 \begin_layout Description
2553 Letter for US-style letters
2556 \begin_layout Standard
2557 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2558 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2559 will include many of these.
2560 Here are some of the classes.
2561 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2563 Special Document Classes
2572 \begin_layout Description
2573 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2581 \begin_layout Description
2582 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2588 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2589 There are three article layouts available.
2590 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2591 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2592 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2593 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2598 sequential numbering
2599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2602 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2603 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2604 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2605 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Beamer Layout for presentations
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2614 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2618 \begin_layout Description
2619 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2622 \begin_layout Description
2624 \begin_inset space ~
2627 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2630 \begin_layout Description
2631 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Foils Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2639 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2640 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2644 \begin_layout Description
2645 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2646 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2649 \begin_layout Description
2650 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2653 \begin_layout Description
2654 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2657 \begin_layout Description
2658 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2659 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2660 (Is used by this document.)
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2667 \begin_layout Description
2668 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2671 \begin_layout Description
2676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2684 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2686 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2689 \begin_layout Description
2690 Slides Used to make transparencies
2693 \begin_layout Description
2695 \begin_inset space ~
2698 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2699 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2702 \begin_layout Description
2703 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2706 \begin_layout Standard
2707 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2709 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2715 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2716 of the document classes.
2719 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2724 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2727 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2729 \begin_inset Index idx
2732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2750 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2752 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2755 \begin_layout Standard
2757 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2758 and some of them, like
2762 , are highly specialized.
2763 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2764 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2766 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2767 by some document class.
2768 There are just too many of them.
2769 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2772 \begin_layout Standard
2773 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2781 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2782 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2783 document class for a new file.
2784 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2789 Installing new LaTeX files
2790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2797 manual for information on how to install them.
2798 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2804 \begin_layout Standard
2805 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2806 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2808 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2809 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2810 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2812 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2815 \begin_inset space ~
2822 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2825 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2834 \begin_inset Index idx
2837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2847 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2848 chosen document class.
2849 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2850 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2861 \begin_inset Index idx
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2871 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2875 \begin_layout Standard
2876 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2877 always installed by default.
2878 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2879 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2880 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2881 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2882 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2883 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2884 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2887 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2891 \begin_inset Index idx
2894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2895 Reconfiguration of LyX
2901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2904 Installing new LaTeX files
2905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2912 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2915 \begin_layout Standard
2916 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2924 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2925 LyX will advise you about these things.
2933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2937 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2942 \begin_inset Index idx
2945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 Document ! Local Layout
2954 \begin_layout Standard
2955 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2956 used in a variety of different documents.
2957 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2958 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2959 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2960 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2961 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2962 What you want is LyX's
2963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2979 manual for information on how to use it.
2982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 Each class has a default set of options.
2988 Here's a quick table describing them:
2991 \begin_layout Standard
2992 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2998 \begin_layout Standard
3000 \begin_inset Tabular
3001 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3002 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3461 \begin_layout Standard
3462 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3469 You're probably also wondering what
3470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3474 \begin_inset space ~
3478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3482 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3483 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3488 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3493 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3503 headings, there are also
3511 headings, and so on.
3512 We will describe these headings fully in section
3513 \begin_inset space ~
3517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3519 reference "sub:Headings"
3526 \begin_layout Subsection
3528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3530 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3535 \begin_inset Index idx
3538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3547 \begin_inset Index idx
3550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3559 \begin_layout Standard
3560 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3569 \begin_inset space ~
3577 \begin_inset space ~
3582 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3584 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3585 to use for your document.
3586 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3590 \begin_layout Standard
3597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3603 \begin_inset space ~
3608 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3609 You can choose between the following five options:
3612 \begin_layout Labeling
3613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3618 Use default page style of current class.
3621 \begin_layout Labeling
3622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3627 No page numbers or headings.
3630 \begin_layout Labeling
3631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3639 \begin_layout Labeling
3640 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3645 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3646 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3647 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3650 \begin_layout Labeling
3651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3656 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3657 have the LaTeX-package
3662 \begin_inset Index idx
3665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3666 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3672 How they are defined is explained in section
3673 \begin_inset space ~
3677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3679 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3688 \begin_inset space ~
3692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3694 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3701 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 Paper Size and Orientation
3703 \begin_inset Index idx
3706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3707 Document ! Paper size
3713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 You find the following options in the menu
3726 \begin_inset space ~
3733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3739 \begin_inset Index idx
3742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3756 \begin_inset space ~
3761 What size paper to print on.
3766 \begin_layout Itemize
3772 \begin_layout Itemize
3778 \begin_layout Itemize
3784 \begin_layout Itemize
3790 \begin_layout Itemize
3793 US letter, US legal, US executive
3796 \begin_layout Itemize
3802 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Labeling
3810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3815 To choose whether to output as
3826 \begin_layout Labeling
3827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3831 \begin_inset space ~
3836 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3837 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3840 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3859 \begin_inset Index idx
3862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 Paper margins are set in the menu
3874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3878 \begin_inset Index idx
3881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3890 \begin_layout Standard
3891 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3892 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3893 the paper format and the font size into account.
3896 \begin_layout Subsection
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3901 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3906 That includes the paragraph environments.
3907 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3908 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3909 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3910 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3919 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3921 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3922 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3923 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3926 \begin_layout Section
3927 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3928 \begin_inset Index idx
3931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3932 Paragraph ! Indentation
3940 \begin_layout Subsection
3942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3944 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3951 \begin_layout Standard
3952 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3953 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3956 \begin_layout Standard
3957 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3958 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3959 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3960 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3964 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3970 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3971 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3972 language than English.
3973 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3978 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3980 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3981 LyX takes care of that.
3982 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3984 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3985 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3986 of a page, and so on.
3990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3991 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3996 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3997 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4001 of these pre-coded spacings.
4002 We will explain more later.
4005 \begin_layout Subsection
4006 Paragraph Separation
4007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4009 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4014 \begin_inset Index idx
4017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4018 Paragraph ! Separation
4026 \begin_layout Standard
4027 To separate paragraphs, select
4038 \begin_inset space ~
4045 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4049 \begin_inset Index idx
4052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4058 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4061 \begin_layout Subsection
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4069 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4071 \begin_inset space ~
4076 dialog and toggle the
4079 \begin_inset space ~
4084 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4087 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4091 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4092 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4096 \begin_layout Standard
4097 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4098 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4101 \begin_layout Subsection
4103 \begin_inset Index idx
4106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4107 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4122 \begin_inset Index idx
4125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4134 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4137 \begin_inset space ~
4146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4147 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4152 \begin_inset Index idx
4155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4156 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4161 installed to use this feature.
4169 \begin_layout Section
4170 Paragraph Environments
4171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4173 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4178 \begin_inset Index idx
4181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4182 Paragraph ! Environments
4188 \begin_inset Index idx
4191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4192 Paragraph environments|(
4200 \begin_layout Subsection
4204 \begin_layout Standard
4205 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4208 \begin_layout Standard
4227 \begin_inset Newline newline
4230 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4231 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4232 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4241 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4245 A paragraph environment is simply a
4246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4253 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4254 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4255 scheme, labels, and so on.
4256 Additionally, you can
4257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4264 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4265 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4266 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4267 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4268 days of typewriters.
4269 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4271 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4274 \begin_layout Standard
4275 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4276 \begin_inset Graphics
4277 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4283 at the left end of the toolbar.
4284 LyX will change the environment of the
4288 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4289 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4290 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4294 \begin_layout Standard
4303 create a new paragraph using the
4307 paragraph environment.
4309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4316 because if you are in one of these environments:
4319 \begin_layout Itemize
4325 \begin_layout Itemize
4331 \begin_layout Itemize
4337 \begin_layout Itemize
4343 \begin_layout Itemize
4349 \begin_layout Itemize
4355 \begin_layout Itemize
4361 \begin_layout Standard
4362 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4366 , rather than resetting it to
4371 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4372 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4373 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4380 reference "sec:Nesting"
4385 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4390 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4391 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4395 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4401 \begin_layout Subsection
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 The default paragraph environment is
4411 It creates a plain paragraph.
4412 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4413 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4414 this manual) are in the
4421 \begin_layout Standard
4422 You can nest a paragraph using the
4426 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4434 \begin_layout Subsection
4436 \begin_inset Index idx
4439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4448 \begin_layout Standard
4449 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4458 for thanks or contact information.
4459 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4460 page along with today's date.
4461 For other types of documents, the title
4462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4469 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4488 Here's how you use them:
4491 \begin_layout Itemize
4492 Put the title of your document in the
4499 \begin_layout Itemize
4500 Put the author name in the
4507 \begin_layout Itemize
4508 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4509 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4515 Note that using this environment is optional.
4516 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4517 If you don't want any date, add the line
4518 \begin_inset Newline newline
4528 \begin_inset Newline newline
4531 to the preamble of your document (menu
4533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4539 \begin_layout Standard
4540 You can use footnotes to insert
4541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4548 or contact information.
4551 \begin_layout Subsection
4553 \begin_inset Index idx
4556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4572 \begin_layout Standard
4573 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4574 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4577 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4579 \begin_inset Index idx
4582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4583 Section headings ! Numbered
4591 \begin_layout Standard
4592 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4596 \begin_layout Enumerate
4602 \begin_layout Enumerate
4608 \begin_layout Enumerate
4614 \begin_layout Enumerate
4620 \begin_layout Enumerate
4626 \begin_layout Enumerate
4632 \begin_layout Enumerate
4638 \begin_layout Standard
4639 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4640 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4641 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4644 \begin_layout Standard
4645 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4646 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4647 You group the book into chapters.
4648 LyX does similar grouping:
4651 \begin_layout Itemize
4656 is divided in either
4667 \begin_layout Itemize
4679 \begin_layout Itemize
4691 \begin_layout Itemize
4703 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 \begin_layout Itemize
4727 \begin_layout Standard
4728 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4736 Not all document types use the
4740 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4745 is the top-level heading.
4753 \begin_layout Standard
4758 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4759 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4761 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4775 \begin_inset Index idx
4778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4779 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4787 \begin_layout Standard
4788 The unnumbered section headings have a
4789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4796 at the end of their name.
4797 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4798 the table of contents, see section
4799 \begin_inset space ~
4803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4813 Changing the Numbering
4814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4816 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4824 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4825 in the Table of Contents.
4826 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4828 Certain classes start with
4842 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4852 This is something you can change.
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4862 \begin_inset Index idx
4865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4874 \begin_inset space ~
4878 \begin_inset space ~
4883 you will see two counters.
4888 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4890 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4895 Short Titles of Headings
4896 \begin_inset Index idx
4899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4900 Section headings ! Short titles
4906 \begin_inset Argument
4909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4918 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4925 \begin_layout Standard
4926 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4927 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4928 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4929 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4932 \begin_layout Standard
4933 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4934 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4935 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4936 To specify a short title, use the menu
4938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4940 \begin_inset space ~
4946 This will insert a box labeled
4947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4962 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4963 This also works for captions inside floats.
4966 \begin_layout Standard
4967 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4974 \begin_layout Standard
4975 The following information applies to all section headings:
4978 \begin_layout Itemize
4979 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4982 \begin_layout Itemize
4983 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4986 \begin_layout Itemize
4987 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4990 \begin_layout Itemize
4991 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4994 \begin_layout Subsection
4995 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4998 \begin_layout Standard
4999 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5013 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5014 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5015 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5016 the text they contain.
5017 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5025 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5028 \begin_layout Standard
5029 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5038 when you start a new paragraph.
5039 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5043 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5044 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5045 to change back to the
5049 environment yourself.
5052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5069 \begin_inset Index idx
5072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5082 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5083 time for the differences.
5092 are identical except for one difference:
5096 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5105 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5109 Here's an example of the
5122 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5124 See – no indentation!
5128 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5129 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5130 the other paragraph.
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5134 Here's another example, this time in the
5141 \begin_layout Quotation
5147 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5148 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5149 the first line, then
5153 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5157 you were quoting other text.
5160 \begin_layout Quotation
5161 Here's a new paragraph.
5162 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5163 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5166 \begin_layout Standard
5167 As the examples show,
5171 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5172 They should put quotes in the
5177 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5181 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5190 \begin_inset Index idx
5193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5202 \begin_inset Index idx
5205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5221 \begin_layout Standard
5226 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5232 \begin_inset Newline newline
5235 Which I did not rehearse!
5239 It could be much worse.
5240 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5242 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5243 indented a bit more than the first.
5244 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5250 \begin_inset Newline newline
5253 And make things look fine
5254 \begin_inset Newline newline
5260 arg "newline-insert newline"
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5271 does not indent both margins.
5272 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5273 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5280 arg "newline-insert newline"
5286 \begin_layout Subsection
5288 \begin_inset Index idx
5291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5307 \begin_layout Standard
5308 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5318 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5327 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5328 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5329 describing some general features of all four of them.
5332 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5337 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5339 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5348 reset the environment to
5352 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5353 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5354 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5358 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5361 to break paragraphs.
5364 \begin_layout Standard
5365 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5366 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5368 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5369 you read all of section
5370 \begin_inset space ~
5374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5376 reference "sec:Nesting"
5384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5390 \begin_inset Index idx
5393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5410 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5414 paragraph environment.
5415 It has the following properties:
5418 \begin_layout Itemize
5419 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5432 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 The items can have any length.
5434 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5435 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 environment inside another
5451 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5459 \begin_layout Itemize
5460 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5463 \begin_layout Itemize
5465 \begin_inset space ~
5469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5471 reference "sec:Nesting"
5475 for a full explanation of nesting.
5479 \begin_layout Standard
5480 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5489 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5492 \begin_layout Standard
5493 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5494 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5497 \begin_layout Itemize
5498 The label for the first level
5502 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5506 \begin_layout Itemize
5507 The label for the second level is a dash.
5511 \begin_layout Itemize
5512 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5516 \begin_layout Itemize
5517 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5521 \begin_layout Itemize
5522 Back out to the third level.
5526 \begin_layout Itemize
5527 Back to the second level.
5531 \begin_layout Itemize
5532 Back to the outermost level.
5535 \begin_layout Standard
5536 These are the default labels for an
5541 You can customize these labels in the
5543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5546 dialog in the submenu
5553 \begin_inset Index idx
5556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5565 \begin_layout Standard
5566 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5567 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5569 \begin_inset space ~
5573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5575 reference "sec:Nesting"
5582 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5588 \begin_inset Index idx
5591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5600 name "sec:Enumerate"
5607 \begin_layout Standard
5612 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5613 It has these properties:
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5622 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5627 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 environment resets the counter to one.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5653 Items can have any length.
5656 \begin_layout Enumerate
5657 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5678 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5679 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5686 \begin_layout Enumerate
5687 The first level of an
5691 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5695 \begin_layout Enumerate
5696 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5700 \begin_layout Enumerate
5701 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5705 \begin_layout Enumerate
5706 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5709 \begin_layout Enumerate
5710 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5715 \begin_layout Enumerate
5716 Back to the third level
5720 \begin_layout Enumerate
5721 Back to the second level.
5725 \begin_layout Enumerate
5726 Back to the outermost level.
5729 \begin_layout Standard
5730 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5735 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5740 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5744 \begin_layout Standard
5745 There is more to nesting
5749 environments than we've stated here.
5750 You should read section
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5757 reference "sec:Nesting"
5761 to learn more about nesting.
5764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5770 \begin_inset Index idx
5773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5782 \begin_layout Standard
5783 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5787 list has no fixed label.
5788 Instead, LyX uses the first
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 of the first line as the label.
5800 \begin_layout Description
5801 Example: This is an example of the
5808 \begin_layout Standard
5809 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5813 \begin_layout Standard
5815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5822 it is meant that the first hit of the
5826 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5828 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5836 arg "space-insert protected"
5841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5842 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5844 \begin_inset space ~
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5856 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5860 for more info.) Here is an example:
5863 \begin_layout Description
5865 \begin_inset space ~
5868 Example: This one shows how to use a
5871 \begin_inset space ~
5883 \begin_layout Description
5884 Usage: You should use the
5888 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5889 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5891 It's not a good idea to use a
5895 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5896 You're better off using
5908 paragraphs into them.
5911 \begin_layout Description
5912 Nesting: You can nest
5916 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5920 \begin_layout Standard
5921 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5922 them from the first line.
5925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5931 \begin_inset Index idx
5934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5943 \begin_layout Standard
5948 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5951 \begin_layout Standard
5952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5960 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5965 environment is named
5977 \begin_layout Standard
5986 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5987 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5990 \begin_layout Labeling
5991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5993 \begin_inset space ~
5996 labels LyX uses the first
5997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6004 of each line as the item label.
6009 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6010 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6011 blank as described above.
6014 \begin_layout Labeling
6015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6016 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6017 the body of the item text.
6018 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6019 label width plus a little extra space.
6023 \begin_layout Labeling
6024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6029 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6031 If the label width is larger, the label
6032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6039 into the first line.
6040 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6041 margin of the rest of the item text.
6044 \begin_layout Labeling
6045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6050 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6055 environment have the same left margin.
6056 \begin_inset Newline newline
6059 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6062 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6064 \begin_inset space ~
6073 \begin_inset space ~
6078 determines the default label width.
6079 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6088 multiple times instead.
6089 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6101 \begin_inset space ~
6106 every time you alter a label in a
6111 \begin_inset Newline newline
6114 The predefined default width is the length of
6115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6124 \begin_inset Newline newline
6128 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6136 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6137 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6145 \begin_layout Standard
6150 environment the same way like the
6154 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6160 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6169 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6171 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6173 \begin_inset space ~
6177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6179 reference "sec:Nesting"
6183 to learn about nesting.
6186 \begin_layout Standard
6187 There is yet another feature of the
6191 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6193 You can use additional
6197 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6202 are documented in section
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6209 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6214 Here are some examples:
6217 \begin_layout Labeling
6218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6219 Left The default for
6226 \begin_layout Labeling
6227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6228 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6235 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6238 \begin_layout Labeling
6239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6240 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6244 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6251 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6254 \begin_layout Subsection
6256 \begin_inset Index idx
6259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6269 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6272 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6274 in the document settings.
6275 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6280 \begin_inset Index idx
6283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6284 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6292 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6293 Custom Enumerate Lists
6294 \begin_inset Index idx
6297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6298 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6306 \begin_layout Standard
6308 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6311 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6314 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6315 There you add the command
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6326 \begin_layout Standard
6327 in TeX Code (shortcut
6337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6338 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6339 \begin_inset space ~
6343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6345 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6358 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6365 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6366 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6379 For Arabic numerals use
6387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6394 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6409 \begin_layout Standard
6411 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6419 You can only number 26
6420 \begin_inset space ~
6423 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6433 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6436 \begin_layout Standard
6437 As example a list with custom numbering:
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6441 \begin_inset Argument
6444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6470 \begin_layout Enumerate
6471 \begin_inset Argument
6474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6497 \begin_layout Enumerate
6502 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_inset Argument
6506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6530 \begin_layout Enumerate
6531 \begin_inset Argument
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 For this list these commands were used:
6564 \begin_layout Standard
6575 \begin_inset Newline newline
6583 \begin_inset Newline newline
6591 \begin_inset Newline newline
6601 \begin_layout Standard
6608 makes the label emphasized and
6617 \begin_layout Standard
6618 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6626 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6627 lists until you change the definition.
6635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6637 \begin_inset Index idx
6640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6641 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6649 \begin_layout Standard
6650 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate
6654 \begin_inset Argument
6657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6676 \begin_inset Note Note
6679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6680 goes back to default numbering
6688 \begin_layout Enumerate
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6696 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6700 \begin_layout Standard
6701 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6706 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6707 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6719 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6728 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6730 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6731 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6732 of a normal new enumeration.
6733 There insert the command
6736 \begin_layout Standard
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6747 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6751 \begin_layout Enumerate
6755 \begin_layout Enumerate
6759 \begin_layout Standard
6760 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6763 \begin_layout Enumerate
6764 \begin_inset Argument
6767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 This enumeration starts at 4
6786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6788 \begin_inset Index idx
6791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6800 \begin_layout Standard
6801 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6803 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6806 \begin_layout Itemize
6810 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 with standard spacing
6814 \begin_layout Standard
6815 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6817 There add the command
6821 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6824 \begin_layout Itemize
6825 \begin_inset Argument
6828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6847 \begin_layout Itemize
6851 \begin_layout Itemize
6855 \begin_layout Standard
6856 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6862 \begin_inset Index idx
6865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6866 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6872 For more info see its documentation,
6873 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6882 \begin_layout Standard
6883 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6885 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6886 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6890 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6893 \begin_layout Enumerate
6894 \begin_inset Argument
6897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6905 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6918 \begin_layout Enumerate
6919 with negative indentation
6922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6923 Further Customization
6924 \begin_inset Index idx
6927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6928 Lists ! Customization
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 You can also change the style of description lists.
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6947 \begin_layout Standard
6948 changes the description label font, the command
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6957 \begin_layout Standard
6958 sets the list style.
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 An example where the command
6965 \begin_layout Standard
6970 itshape, style=nextline
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6977 \begin_layout Description
6979 \begin_inset space ~
6983 \begin_inset Argument
6986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6992 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6994 itshape, style=nextline
7004 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7005 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7009 \begin_layout Description
7011 \begin_inset space ~
7014 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7015 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7016 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7019 \begin_layout Standard
7020 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7026 \begin_inset Index idx
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7030 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7036 For more info see its documentation,
7037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7046 \begin_layout Subsection
7048 \begin_inset Index idx
7051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7068 \begin_inset space ~
7076 \begin_layout Standard
7077 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7085 \begin_inset space ~
7091 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7092 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7093 In contrast, you can use the
7100 \begin_inset space ~
7105 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7106 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7110 \begin_layout Standard
7111 Of course, you're not limited to using
7118 \begin_inset space ~
7127 \begin_inset space ~
7132 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7133 some European academic papers.
7136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7140 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7152 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7153 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7157 \begin_inset space ~
7162 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7163 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7164 Here's an example of each:
7167 \begin_layout Right Address
7169 \begin_inset Newline newline
7173 \begin_inset Newline newline
7177 \begin_inset Newline newline
7180 When is it? What is today?
7183 \begin_layout Standard
7187 \begin_inset space ~
7193 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7194 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7195 Here's an example of the
7202 \begin_layout Address
7204 \begin_inset Newline newline
7207 Where do I send this
7208 \begin_inset Newline newline
7211 Your post office and country
7214 \begin_layout Standard
7215 As you can see, both
7222 \begin_inset space ~
7227 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7232 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7238 This makes sense, since
7246 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7247 Thus, you have to use
7254 arg "newline-insert newline"
7260 \begin_inset space ~
7263 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7265 \begin_inset space ~
7274 menu) to start a new line in an
7281 \begin_inset space ~
7289 \begin_layout Subsection
7293 \begin_layout Standard
7294 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7295 or list of references.
7296 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7299 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7303 \begin_inset Index idx
7306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7320 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7321 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7322 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7323 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7327 in anything else or vice versa.
7333 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7334 The book document classes ignores the
7338 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7342 in a letter document class.
7345 \begin_layout Standard
7350 environment does several things for you.
7351 First, it puts the centered label
7352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7360 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7362 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7363 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7364 the subsequent text.
7365 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7366 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7369 \begin_layout Standard
7370 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7374 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7375 The new paragraph will still be in the
7380 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7381 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7384 \begin_layout Standard
7385 \begin_inset Float figure
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7392 \begin_inset Graphics
7393 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7401 \begin_inset Caption
7403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7406 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7427 \begin_layout Standard
7428 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7432 environment, but since this document is in the
7433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7440 class, we can't do this.
7441 We inserted it therefore as figure
7442 \begin_inset space ~
7446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7448 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7453 If you've never heard of an
7454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7461 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7470 \begin_inset Index idx
7473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7482 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7489 \begin_layout Standard
7494 environment is used to list references.
7495 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7496 only use it at the end of the document.
7501 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 When you first open a
7509 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7525 depending on the document class.
7526 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7527 Each paragraph of the
7531 environment is a bibliography entry.
7536 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7537 Each new paragraph is still in the
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7546 by using a BibTeX database.
7547 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7548 phy handling, have a look at in section
7549 \begin_inset space ~
7553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7555 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7562 \begin_layout Subsection
7566 \begin_inset Index idx
7569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7570 Paragraph ! LyX code
7576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7585 \begin_layout Standard
7590 environment is another LyX extension.
7591 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7596 key as a fixed whitespace;
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7612 \begin_inset space ~
7617 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7622 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7623 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7626 arg "newline-insert newline"
7643 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7644 So, when you finish using the
7648 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7649 Also, you can nest the
7653 environment inside of others.
7656 \begin_layout Standard
7657 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7660 \begin_layout Itemize
7664 arg "newline-insert newline"
7667 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7672 \begin_inset space \space{}
7682 arg "newline-insert newline"
7688 \begin_layout Itemize
7692 arg "newline-insert newline"
7703 \begin_layout Itemize
7708 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7715 \begin_layout Itemize
7719 arg "space-insert protected"
7726 \begin_layout Itemize
7727 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7728 You must put at least one
7732 in any line you want blank.
7733 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7736 \begin_layout Itemize
7737 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7741 since that will insert
7746 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7749 arg "self-insert \""
7755 \begin_layout Standard
7759 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7763 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7767 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7771 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7775 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 printf("Hello World!
7781 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7785 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7790 This is just the standard
7791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7807 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7808 rc-files, and so on.
7809 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7810 as if you used a typewriter.
7811 \begin_inset Index idx
7814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7815 Paragraph environments|)
7820 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7823 Program Code Listings
7828 \begin_inset space ~
7836 \begin_layout Section
7837 Nesting Environments
7838 \begin_inset Index idx
7841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7842 Nesting ! Environments
7848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7857 \begin_layout Subsection
7861 \begin_layout Standard
7862 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7864 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7866 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7868 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 \begin_layout Enumerate
7884 \begin_layout Enumerate
7889 \begin_layout Enumerate
7893 \begin_layout Enumerate
7898 \begin_layout Enumerate
7902 \begin_layout Standard
7903 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7904 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7907 \begin_inset space ~
7911 \begin_inset space ~
7919 \begin_inset space ~
7923 \begin_inset space ~
7932 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7933 will tell you how far you are nested).
7934 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7937 arg "depth-increment"
7943 arg "depth-decrement"
7946 or the convenient key bindings
7957 arg "depth-increment"
7963 arg "depth-decrement"
7966 to change the nesting level.
7967 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7968 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7972 \begin_layout Standard
7973 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7974 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7975 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7976 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7979 \begin_layout Standard
7980 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7981 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7983 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7986 \begin_layout Subsection
7987 What You Can and Can't Nest
7990 \begin_layout Standard
7991 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7992 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7995 \begin_layout Standard
7996 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7997 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7998 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8001 \begin_layout Itemize
8002 Completely unnestable
8005 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8011 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8016 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8017 environments have them:
8020 \begin_layout Description
8021 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8022 Can't nest into them.
8026 \begin_layout Itemize
8032 \begin_layout Itemize
8038 \begin_layout Itemize
8044 \begin_layout Itemize
8050 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Description
8059 \begin_inset space ~
8062 Nestable You can nest them.
8063 You can nest other things into them.
8067 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 \begin_layout Itemize
8079 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Itemize
8091 \begin_layout Itemize
8097 \begin_layout Itemize
8103 \begin_layout Itemize
8109 \begin_layout Itemize
8116 \begin_layout Description
8117 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8118 You can't nest anything into them.
8122 \begin_layout Itemize
8128 \begin_layout Itemize
8134 \begin_layout Itemize
8140 \begin_layout Itemize
8146 \begin_layout Itemize
8152 \begin_layout Itemize
8158 \begin_layout Itemize
8164 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 \begin_layout Itemize
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8188 \begin_layout Itemize
8194 \begin_layout Itemize
8200 \begin_layout Itemize
8204 \begin_inset space ~
8210 \begin_layout Itemize
8217 \begin_layout Standard
8218 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8226 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8235 \begin_inset space ~
8239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8243 \begin_inset space \space{}
8246 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8247 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8248 section headings violate this.
8256 \begin_layout Subsection
8257 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8258 \begin_inset Index idx
8261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8262 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8270 \begin_layout Standard
8271 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8272 affected by nesting anyhow.
8276 \begin_layout Itemize
8280 \begin_layout Itemize
8284 \begin_layout Itemize
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8298 Figures and tables in
8302 are not affected by this.
8307 Have a look at section
8308 \begin_inset space ~
8312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8314 reference "sec:Floats"
8318 for more information about
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8327 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8331 \begin_layout Standard
8332 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8340 of its own, it behaves just like a
8341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8348 paragraph environment.
8349 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8353 \begin_layout Standard
8354 Here's an example with a table:
8357 \begin_layout Enumerate
8362 \begin_layout Enumerate
8363 This is (a) and it's nested.
8367 \begin_layout Standard
8368 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8376 \begin_inset Tabular
8377 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8378 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8464 \begin_layout Standard
8465 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8472 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8478 \begin_layout Enumerate
8482 \begin_layout Standard
8483 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8486 \begin_layout Enumerate
8491 \begin_layout Enumerate
8492 This is (a) and it's nested.
8496 \begin_layout Standard
8497 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8503 \begin_layout Standard
8505 \begin_inset Tabular
8506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8507 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8594 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8600 \begin_layout Enumerate
8607 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8610 \begin_layout Enumerate
8614 \begin_layout Standard
8615 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8620 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8622 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8625 \begin_layout Enumerate
8630 \begin_layout Enumerate
8631 This is (a) and it's nested.
8634 \begin_layout Standard
8635 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8643 \begin_inset Tabular
8644 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8645 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8731 \begin_layout Standard
8732 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8738 \begin_layout Enumerate
8740 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8748 \begin_layout Enumerate
8752 \begin_layout Standard
8753 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8759 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8760 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8764 \begin_layout Subsection
8765 Usage and General Features
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8769 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8778 is the innermost possible depth.
8779 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8782 \begin_layout Enumerate
8783 level #1 – outermost
8787 \begin_layout Enumerate
8792 \begin_layout Enumerate
8797 \begin_layout Enumerate
8802 \begin_layout Itemize
8807 \begin_layout Itemize
8816 \begin_layout Standard
8817 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8818 both of them in the example.
8819 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8829 For example, if we tried to nest another
8834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8841 , we would get errors.
8844 \begin_layout Subsection
8846 \begin_inset Index idx
8849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8860 We have several examples of nested environments.
8861 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8866 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8869 \begin_layout Labeling
8870 \labelwidthstring MMM
8871 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8880 \begin_layout Labeling
8881 \labelwidthstring MMM
8882 #2-a This is level #2.
8883 We created it by using
8886 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8892 arg "depth-increment"
8899 \begin_layout Labeling
8900 \labelwidthstring MMM
8901 #3-a This is level #3.
8902 This time, we just hit
8909 arg "depth-increment"
8913 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8917 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8923 arg "depth-increment"
8930 \begin_layout Standard
8935 environment, nested inside of
8936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8944 So, it's at level #4.
8945 We did this by hitting
8948 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 arg "depth-increment"
8957 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8962 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8978 \begin_layout Standard
8983 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8986 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8992 \begin_layout Labeling
8993 \labelwidthstring MMM
8994 #4-a This is level #4.
8998 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9001 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9006 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9010 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9015 keep nesting things inside
9016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9027 \begin_layout Labeling
9028 \labelwidthstring MMM
9029 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9034 \begin_layout Labeling
9035 \labelwidthstring MMM
9036 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9037 and this is level #6.
9038 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9042 \begin_layout Labeling
9043 \labelwidthstring MMM
9044 #5-b Back to level #5.
9048 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9054 arg "depth-decrement"
9061 \begin_layout Labeling
9062 \labelwidthstring MMM
9066 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9072 arg "depth-decrement"
9075 , we're back at level #4.
9079 \begin_layout Labeling
9080 \labelwidthstring MMM
9081 #3-b Back to level #3.
9082 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9086 \begin_layout Labeling
9087 \labelwidthstring MMM
9088 #2-b Back to level #2.
9093 \begin_layout Labeling
9094 \labelwidthstring MMM
9095 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9096 After this sentence, we will hit
9100 and change the paragraph environment back to
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9108 We could have also used the
9124 environment in place of the
9129 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9133 Example 2: Inheritance
9136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9137 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9149 arg "depth-increment"
9152 , after which, we will change to the
9160 \begin_layout Enumerate
9165 environment, at level #2.
9168 \begin_layout Enumerate
9169 Notice how the nested
9173 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9177 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9181 \begin_layout Standard
9182 We ended this example by hitting
9187 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9191 and reset the nesting depth by using
9194 arg "depth-decrement"
9200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9201 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9210 \begin_inset Argument
9213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9214 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9222 \begin_layout Enumerate
9223 This is level #1, in an
9227 paragraph environment.
9228 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9232 \begin_layout Enumerate
9237 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9243 arg "depth-increment"
9247 Now, what happens if we nest an
9251 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9252 label be? An asterisk?
9256 \begin_layout Itemize
9266 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9267 So, its label is a bullet.
9268 (We got here by using
9271 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9277 arg "depth-increment"
9280 , then changing the environment to
9288 \begin_layout Itemize
9289 Here's level #4, produced using
9292 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9298 arg "depth-increment"
9302 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9307 \begin_layout Enumerate
9308 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9310 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9315 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9319 , because we are in the
9328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9347 \begin_layout Enumerate
9352 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9353 type of numbering does LyX use?
9356 \begin_layout Enumerate
9357 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9360 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9363 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9366 \begin_layout Enumerate
9370 arg "depth-decrement"
9373 to decrease the depth after the next
9376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9383 \begin_layout Enumerate
9385 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9389 \begin_layout Enumerate
9391 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9392 numeral as the label.Why?
9395 \begin_layout Enumerate
9396 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9405 Notice, however, that LyX
9409 reset the counter for the label.
9413 \begin_layout Enumerate
9417 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9423 arg "depth-decrement"
9426 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9427 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9428 into the twofold-nested
9436 \begin_layout Enumerate
9437 The same thing happens if we do another
9440 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9446 arg "depth-decrement"
9449 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9453 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9458 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9472 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9478 The same rule applies for the
9482 environment, as well.
9485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9486 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9489 \begin_layout Enumerate
9490 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9491 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9492 the same detail with how we did it.
9501 \begin_layout Standard
9509 arg "depth-increment"
9516 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9517 the example in parentheses someplace.
9518 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9519 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9520 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9524 \begin_layout Enumerate
9529 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9534 Now we will add verse.
9535 \begin_inset Newline newline
9538 It will get much worse.
9539 \begin_inset Newline newline
9549 arg "depth-increment"
9560 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9561 \begin_inset Newline newline
9564 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9565 \begin_inset Newline newline
9571 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9584 \begin_layout Standard
9585 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9591 \begin_layout Standard
9593 \begin_inset Tabular
9594 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9595 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9686 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9696 arg "depth-increment"
9702 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9712 arg "depth-decrement"
9719 \begin_layout Enumerate
9724 : level #1) This is another item.
9725 Note that selecting a
9729 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9730 3 times to put the table inside the
9738 \begin_layout Quotation
9739 We're now ending the
9743 list and changing to
9748 We're still at level #1.
9749 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9750 The next set of paragraphs is a
9751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9758 We will nest both the
9765 \begin_inset space ~
9770 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9774 for the letter body.
9778 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9781 to preserve the depth.
9782 Remember that you need to use
9785 arg "newline-insert newline"
9788 to create multiple lines inside the
9795 \begin_inset space ~
9805 \begin_layout Right Address
9807 \begin_inset Newline newline
9810 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9811 \begin_inset Newline newline
9817 \begin_layout Address
9819 \begin_inset space ~
9825 \begin_layout Quotation
9826 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9830 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9831 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9832 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9833 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9834 as soon as possible.
9835 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9838 \begin_layout Quotation
9839 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9840 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9841 with your order, along with payment.
9844 \begin_layout Quotation
9845 We thank you again for your patience.
9848 \begin_layout Address
9850 \begin_inset Newline newline
9857 \begin_layout Quotation
9858 That ends that example!
9861 \begin_layout Standard
9862 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9863 just a few keystrokes.
9864 We could have easily nested an
9885 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9888 \begin_layout Section
9889 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9890 \begin_inset Index idx
9893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9904 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9905 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9906 be broken at the end of a line.
9907 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9911 \begin_layout Subsection
9913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9915 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9920 \begin_inset Index idx
9923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9932 \begin_layout Standard
9933 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9935 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9939 Further documentation is given in section
9940 \begin_inset Newline newline
9944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9946 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9955 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9979 A protected space is set with
9981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9982 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9986 \begin_inset space ~
9996 arg "space-insert protected"
10002 \begin_layout Subsection
10004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10006 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10011 \begin_inset Index idx
10014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10015 Spacing ! Horizontal
10023 \begin_layout Standard
10024 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10027 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10031 The length units are listed in Appendix
10032 \begin_inset space ~
10036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10038 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10045 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10049 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10054 \begin_inset Index idx
10057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10058 Spaces ! Inter-word
10066 \begin_layout Standard
10068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10072 \begin_inset space \space{}
10075 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10076 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10077 \begin_inset space ~
10081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10083 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10088 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10089 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10092 arg "space-insert normal"
10098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10102 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10107 \begin_inset Index idx
10110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10119 \begin_layout Standard
10121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10128 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10137 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10138 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10139 inside abbreviations:
10142 \begin_layout Quote
10144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10148 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10152 or between values and units.
10153 Compare for example this:
10154 \begin_inset Newline newline
10158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10162 \begin_inset Newline newline
10165 10 kg (normal space
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10172 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10174 \begin_inset space ~
10182 arg "space-insert thin"
10188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10192 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10199 \begin_layout Standard
10200 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10203 \begin_layout Description
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10209 \begin_inset space ~
10212 space A line with a
10213 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10217 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10221 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10224 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10227 \begin_layout Description
10229 \begin_inset space ~
10233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10237 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10241 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10245 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10249 \begin_inset space ~
10253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10256 em) space between the arrows.
10259 \begin_layout Description
10261 \begin_inset space ~
10265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10269 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10273 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10277 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10281 \begin_inset space ~
10285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10288 em) space between the arrows.
10291 \begin_layout Description
10293 \begin_inset space ~
10297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10301 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10305 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10309 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10313 \begin_inset space ~
10317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10320 em) space between the arrows.
10323 \begin_layout Description
10325 \begin_inset space ~
10329 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10333 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10338 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10345 cm space between the arrows.
10348 \begin_layout Standard
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10356 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10360 lists the different space sizes.
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 \begin_inset Float table
10369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10371 \begin_inset Caption
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10376 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10380 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10390 \begin_inset Tabular
10391 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10392 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10611 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10617 \begin_inset Index idx
10620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10631 in a uniform fashion.
10632 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10633 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10634 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10635 equally between themselves.
10639 \begin_layout Standard
10640 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10643 \begin_layout Quote
10645 This is on the left side
10646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10649 This is on the right
10652 \begin_layout Quote
10655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10665 \begin_layout Quote
10668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10672 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 That was an example in the
10689 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10693 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10697 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10700 is one in a standard paragraph.
10701 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10705 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10708 \begin_layout Standard
10709 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10717 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10722 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10726 \begin_inset space ~
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10734 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10738 \begin_inset space ~
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10746 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10750 \begin_inset space ~
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10758 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10762 \begin_inset space ~
10768 \begin_layout Standard
10770 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10774 \begin_inset space ~
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10782 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10786 \begin_inset space ~
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10801 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10805 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10806 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10807 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10811 option in the space dialog.
10819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10823 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10828 \begin_inset Index idx
10831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10841 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10847 \begin_inset space \space{}
10850 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10853 \begin_layout Standard
10854 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10857 What is correct English?:
10858 \begin_inset Newline newline
10862 \begin_inset Newline newline
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10869 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10870 \begin_inset Newline newline
10874 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10885 \begin_inset Newline newline
10889 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10900 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10906 \begin_layout Standard
10907 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10912 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_inset space ~
10920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10924 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10931 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10937 \begin_inset space ~
10941 \begin_inset space ~
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10957 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10958 That is why it is named
10959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10967 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10968 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10972 \begin_layout Subsection
10974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10976 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10981 \begin_inset Index idx
10984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10993 \begin_layout Standard
10994 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10997 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10999 \begin_inset space ~
11005 There you find the following sizes:
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11021 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11026 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11032 \begin_inset Index idx
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11036 Document ! Settings
11041 for the paragraph separation.
11042 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11053 \begin_layout Standard
11059 \begin_inset Index idx
11062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11069 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11071 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11072 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11081 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11090 s are described in section
11091 \begin_inset space ~
11095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11097 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11106 If there are several
11110 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11111 You can therefore use
11115 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11118 \begin_layout Standard
11123 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11124 \begin_inset space ~
11128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11130 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11137 \begin_layout Standard
11138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11148 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11149 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11161 \begin_layout Subsection
11162 Paragraph Alignment
11165 \begin_layout Standard
11166 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11168 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11172 There are five possibilities:
11175 \begin_layout Itemize
11183 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11189 \begin_layout Itemize
11197 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11203 \begin_layout Itemize
11211 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11217 \begin_layout Itemize
11225 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11231 \begin_layout Itemize
11239 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11245 \begin_layout Standard
11246 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11247 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11248 the left and right margins.
11249 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11252 \begin_layout Standard
11254 This paragraph is right aligned,
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11259 this one is centered,
11262 \begin_layout Standard
11264 this one is left aligned.
11267 \begin_layout Subsection
11269 \begin_inset Index idx
11272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11273 Page breaks ! Forced
11279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11281 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11290 can force a page break where you want one.
11291 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11292 Only if you use a lot of
11296 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11299 \begin_layout Standard
11300 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11301 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11305 have to change the page breaking.
11308 \begin_layout Standard
11309 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11311 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11314 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11316 \begin_inset space ~
11322 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11325 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11327 \begin_inset space ~
11332 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11334 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11335 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11340 at the top of a page.
11341 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11342 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11343 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11344 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11348 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11352 to learn more about
11359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11363 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11368 \begin_inset Index idx
11371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11372 Page breaks ! Clear
11380 \begin_layout Standard
11381 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11382 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11383 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11384 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11385 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11389 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11391 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11392 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11394 \begin_inset space ~
11400 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11403 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11405 \begin_inset space ~
11409 \begin_inset space ~
11414 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11415 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11418 \begin_layout Subsection
11420 \begin_inset Index idx
11423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11432 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11440 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11442 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11445 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11447 \begin_inset space ~
11451 \begin_inset space ~
11459 arg "newline-insert newline"
11463 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11466 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11468 \begin_inset space ~
11472 \begin_inset space ~
11477 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11479 This is useful to avoid
11480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11492 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11493 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11494 set a line break, e.
11495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11499 \begin_inset space \space{}
11502 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11503 \begin_inset space ~
11507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11509 reference "sec:Quote"
11514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11516 reference "sec:Verse"
11521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11523 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11530 \begin_layout Subsection
11532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11534 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11539 \begin_inset Index idx
11542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11551 \begin_layout Standard
11553 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11568 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11570 \begin_inset space ~
11575 you can insert horizontal lines.
11576 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11577 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11578 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11581 \begin_layout Standard
11583 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11594 \begin_layout Section
11595 Characters and Symbols
11598 \begin_layout Standard
11599 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11600 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11605 \begin_inset space \space{}
11608 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11616 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11620 for information on how this is done.
11623 \begin_layout Standard
11624 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11629 dialog via the menu
11631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11638 \begin_layout Standard
11639 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11647 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11648 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11649 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11657 \begin_layout Section
11658 Fonts and Text Styles
11659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11661 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11668 \begin_layout Subsection
11670 \begin_inset Index idx
11673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11682 \begin_layout Standard
11683 There are two types of fonts:
11686 \begin_layout Description
11688 \begin_inset space ~
11692 \begin_inset Index idx
11695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11701 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11706 characters) in the font.
11707 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11708 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11709 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11710 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11711 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11712 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11713 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11714 \begin_inset Newline newline
11717 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11718 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11719 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11720 sizes than at small ones.
11721 \begin_inset Newline newline
11735 \begin_inset space ~
11743 \begin_layout Description
11745 \begin_inset space ~
11749 \begin_inset Index idx
11752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11759 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11760 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11761 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11762 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11763 picture manipulation program.
11764 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11765 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11766 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11767 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11768 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11770 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11771 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11772 \begin_inset Newline newline
11775 Bitmap fonts are named
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11783 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11786 \begin_layout Standard
11787 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11788 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11789 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11790 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11791 use scalable fonts.
11794 \begin_layout Standard
11795 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11796 its document properties.
11799 \begin_layout Standard
11800 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11801 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11802 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11803 font to emphasize text, you use an
11804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11812 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11813 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11817 \begin_layout Subsection
11819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11821 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11828 \begin_layout Standard
11829 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11830 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11831 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11833 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11834 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11835 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11836 to usual word processors.
11837 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11838 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11839 across different machines.
11840 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11841 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11843 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11845 \begin_inset space ~
11849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11851 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11856 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11857 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11861 \begin_layout Standard
11862 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11863 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11864 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11865 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11866 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11867 that is installed on your system.
11868 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11871 \begin_layout Standard
11872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11880 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11881 es; so you might have to experiment.
11889 \begin_layout Standard
11890 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11898 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11899 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11907 \begin_layout Subsection
11908 Document Font and Font size
11909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11911 name "sub:Document-Font"
11916 \begin_inset Index idx
11919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11926 \begin_inset Index idx
11929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11938 \begin_layout Standard
11939 You can set the document fonts in the
11941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11945 \begin_inset Index idx
11948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11949 Document ! Settings
11959 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11960 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11963 \begin_inset space ~
11972 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11973 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11977 \begin_layout Standard
11984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11993 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11994 This requires that you use
12000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12039 as output format, i.
12040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12044 \begin_inset space ~
12047 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12048 \begin_inset space ~
12052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12054 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12059 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12060 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12062 \begin_inset space ~
12065 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12066 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12067 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12069 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12072 \begin_layout Standard
12073 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12078 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12083 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12084 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_inset space ~
12097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12110 European Computer Modern
12113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12120 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12123 \begin_layout Standard
12132 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12133 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12138 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12141 \begin_inset space ~
12146 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12152 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12153 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12156 \begin_layout Itemize
12160 \begin_inset space ~
12165 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12178 \begin_inset space ~
12183 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12187 as the default font.
12188 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12189 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12192 \begin_inset space ~
12205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12206 One difference is improved kerning.
12214 \begin_layout Itemize
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12222 \begin_inset space ~
12227 fonts in (the rare) case that
12230 \begin_inset space ~
12235 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12250 Virtual means that it
12251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12262 -glyphs from other fonts.
12263 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12285 Loading the LaTeX-package
12290 \begin_inset Index idx
12293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12294 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12299 with the document preamble line
12300 \begin_inset Newline newline
12307 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12308 \begin_inset Newline newline
12313 will fix the guillemet problem.
12318 and that accented characters are not
12322 glyph, but build of
12326 characters, the accent and the letter.
12327 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12333 If you search for example for the French word
12334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12341 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12350 and not for the glyph
12351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12355 \begin_inset space ~
12359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12365 \begin_layout Itemize
12366 If you do not like the look of
12374 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12379 \begin_inset space ~
12385 \begin_inset space ~
12395 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12396 \begin_inset space ~
12399 serif and typewriter fonts,
12403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12404 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12411 \begin_inset space ~
12420 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12425 \begin_inset space \space{}
12433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12437 \begin_inset space \space{}
12443 \begin_inset space ~
12451 \begin_inset space ~
12461 but you can also select your own.
12462 \begin_inset Newline newline
12465 The differences between roman,
12468 \begin_inset space ~
12477 fonts are explained in section
12478 \begin_inset space ~
12482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12484 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12489 \begin_inset Newline newline
12495 \begin_inset space ~
12500 was originally designed for newspapers.
12501 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12502 into the small newspaper columns.
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12511 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12514 \begin_layout Standard
12515 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12528 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12533 depends on the class you are using.
12534 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12537 \begin_layout Standard
12538 Note that the font size is the
12543 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12544 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12545 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12548 \begin_inset space ~
12554 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12555 \begin_inset space ~
12559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12561 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12568 \begin_layout Standard
12573 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12575 \begin_inset space ~
12578 serif or typewriter.
12583 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12593 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12614 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12620 \begin_inset Index idx
12623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12624 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12630 \begin_inset space ~
12634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12636 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12641 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12642 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12652 Use Old Style Figures
12656 Use True Small Caps
12659 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12662 Use Old Style Figures
12664 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12666 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12674 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12678 Use True Small Caps
12680 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12681 of scaled capitals.
12682 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12683 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12691 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12692 a font to display the script characters.
12696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12697 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12702 \begin_inset Index idx
12705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12706 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12711 So this has no effect for the document language
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12732 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12740 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12744 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12745 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12746 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12748 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12751 dialog, see section
12752 \begin_inset space ~
12756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12758 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12770 \begin_layout Subsection
12771 Using Different Character Styles
12772 \begin_inset Index idx
12775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12782 \begin_inset Index idx
12785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12794 \begin_layout Standard
12795 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12796 certain paragraph environments.
12797 LyX supports two character styles,
12806 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12815 style, do one of the following:
12818 \begin_layout Itemize
12819 click on the toolbar button
12828 \begin_layout Itemize
12829 use the key binding
12838 \begin_layout Standard
12839 These commands are all toggles.
12844 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 One typically uses the
12852 style for proper names.
12854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 is the original author of LyX.
12862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12868 \begin_layout Standard
12869 A more widely used character style is the
12874 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12881 \begin_layout Itemize
12882 clicking on the toolbar button
12891 \begin_layout Itemize
12892 using the keybindings
12901 \begin_layout Standard
12906 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12907 es use a different font.
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 We've been using the
12915 style all over the place in this document.
12916 Here's one more example:
12919 \begin_layout Quotation
12922 Don't overuse character styles!
12925 \begin_layout Standard
12926 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12927 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12928 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12929 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12933 \begin_layout Standard
12934 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12942 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12944 \begin_inset space ~
12952 \begin_layout Subsection
12953 Fine-Tuning with the
12958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12960 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12965 \begin_inset Index idx
12968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12977 \begin_layout Standard
12978 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12979 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12980 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12981 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12982 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12983 from ordinary dialog.
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12988 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12989 \begin_inset Newline newline
12992 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12993 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12997 To use custom character styles, open the
12999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13004 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13007 dialog or press the toolbar button
13010 arg "dialog-show character"
13014 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13015 font property which you can choose.
13016 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13019 \begin_inset space ~
13024 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13029 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13030 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13031 environments in a snap.
13034 \begin_layout Standard
13035 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13038 \begin_inset space ~
13050 \begin_layout Labeling
13051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13065 The possible options are:
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13075 This is the Roman font family.
13076 Normally a serif font.
13077 It's also the default family.
13087 \begin_layout Labeling
13088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13092 \begin_inset space ~
13099 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13119 This is the Typewriter font family.
13125 arg "font-typewriter"
13134 \begin_layout Labeling
13135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13140 This corresponds to the print weight.
13145 \begin_layout Labeling
13146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13151 This is the Medium font series.
13152 It's also the default series.
13155 \begin_layout Labeling
13156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13163 This is the Bold font series.
13176 \begin_layout Labeling
13177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13182 As the name implies.
13187 \begin_layout Labeling
13188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13193 This is the Upright font shape.
13194 It's also the default shape.
13197 \begin_layout Labeling
13198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13212 s the Italic font shape
13218 \begin_layout Labeling
13219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13226 This is the Slanted font shape
13228 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13231 \begin_layout Labeling
13232 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13236 \begin_inset space ~
13243 This is the Small caps font shape
13250 \begin_layout Labeling
13251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13256 Alters the size of the font.
13257 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13258 proportional to the document font size.
13259 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13260 what you want to do.
13265 \begin_layout Labeling
13266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13287 arg "font-size tiny"
13293 \begin_layout Labeling
13294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13315 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13321 \begin_layout Labeling
13322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13343 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13349 \begin_layout Labeling
13350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13371 arg "font-size small"
13377 \begin_layout Labeling
13378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13392 It's also the default size.
13396 arg "font-size normal"
13402 \begin_layout Labeling
13403 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13424 arg "font-size large"
13430 \begin_layout Labeling
13431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13452 arg "font-size larger"
13458 \begin_layout Labeling
13459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 arg "font-size largest"
13486 \begin_layout Labeling
13487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13508 arg "font-size huge"
13514 \begin_layout Labeling
13515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13536 arg "font-size giant"
13542 \begin_layout Labeling
13543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13548 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13568 arg "font-size increase"
13574 \begin_layout Labeling
13575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13580 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13600 arg "font-size decrease"
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13612 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13613 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13614 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13615 — use that instead.
13616 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13619 \begin_layout Labeling
13620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13625 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13630 \begin_layout Labeling
13631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13638 This is text with emphasize on
13641 This might seem like the same as
13645 , but it is actually a bit different.
13651 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13653 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13656 \begin_layout Labeling
13657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13664 This is text with Underbar on.
13670 arg "font-underline"
13676 \begin_inset Newline newline
13681 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13682 when you could not change fonts.
13683 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13684 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13688 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13691 \begin_layout Labeling
13692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13696 \begin_inset space ~
13703 This is text with Double underbar on.
13709 arg "font-underunderline"
13713 \begin_inset Newline newline
13716 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13717 about double underbar.
13720 \begin_layout Labeling
13721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13725 \begin_inset space ~
13732 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13738 arg "font-underwave"
13742 \begin_inset Newline newline
13745 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13746 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13749 \begin_layout Labeling
13750 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13757 This is text with Strikeout on.
13763 arg "font-strikeout"
13767 \begin_inset Newline newline
13770 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13771 changed in the meantime.
13774 \begin_layout Labeling
13775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13782 This is text with Noun on.
13789 , this is a logical attribute.
13790 Normally it's equivalent to
13793 \begin_inset space ~
13802 \begin_layout Labeling
13803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13808 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13809 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13813 \begin_inset space ~
13818 , which is the default
13819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13826 and means normally black, you can choose between
13859 \begin_inset Index idx
13862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13871 \begin_layout Labeling
13872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13877 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13878 the language of the document.
13879 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13881 \begin_inset Newline newline
13884 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13885 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13886 When using the spell checking (see section
13887 \begin_inset space ~
13891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13893 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13897 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13900 \begin_layout Standard
13901 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13902 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13904 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13911 dialog, the settings are saved.
13912 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13915 arg "textstyle-apply"
13919 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13924 \begin_layout Standard
13925 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13932 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13933 (suppose you just set the shape to
13934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13964 \begin_layout Standard
13965 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13985 \begin_layout Itemize
13991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13998 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14016 \begin_inset Newline newline
14020 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14034 \begin_inset Note Note
14037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14038 For more on phantoms see section
14039 \begin_inset space ~
14043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14045 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14055 \begin_inset Newline newline
14061 \begin_layout Itemize
14066 fonts use characters with serifs.
14067 These are the small
14068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14075 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14076 The following example will show the difference:
14077 \begin_inset Newline newline
14081 \begin_inset Newline newline
14086 text without serifs
14089 \begin_inset Newline newline
14092 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14093 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14100 \begin_layout Itemize
14106 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14107 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14118 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14119 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14120 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14122 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14123 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14124 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14141 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14142 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14150 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14159 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14203 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14207 \begin_layout Standard
14208 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14209 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14212 \begin_layout Section
14213 Printing and Previewing
14216 \begin_layout Subsection
14220 \begin_layout Standard
14221 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14222 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14223 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14224 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14225 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14227 Additional Features
14232 \begin_layout Standard
14233 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14234 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14235 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14236 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14237 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14238 This happens in two stages:
14241 \begin_layout Enumerate
14242 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14243 generating a file with the extension,
14244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14258 \begin_layout Enumerate
14259 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14263 file to produce printable output.
14267 \begin_layout Subsection
14268 Output file formats
14269 \begin_inset Index idx
14272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14281 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14289 Simple text (ASCII)
14290 \begin_inset Index idx
14293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14294 File formats ! ASCII
14302 \begin_layout Standard
14303 This file type has the extension
14304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14316 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14320 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14327 \begin_layout Standard
14328 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14331 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14333 \begin_inset space ~
14340 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14341 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14343 \begin_inset space ~
14347 \begin_inset space ~
14353 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14359 \begin_inset Index idx
14362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14363 File formats ! LaTeX
14371 \begin_layout Standard
14372 This file type has the extension
14373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14384 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14386 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14387 it manually with console commands.
14388 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14389 you view or export your document.
14392 \begin_layout Standard
14393 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14396 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14411 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14412 \begin_inset space ~
14416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14418 reference "sub:Export"
14425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14427 \begin_inset Index idx
14430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14439 \begin_layout Standard
14440 This file type has the extension
14441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14461 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14462 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14463 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14467 \begin_layout Standard
14468 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14469 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14470 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14471 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14473 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14476 \begin_layout Standard
14477 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14479 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14480 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14485 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14486 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14488 \begin_inset space ~
14495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14505 The latter option uses the program
14514 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14515 font access (see section
14516 \begin_inset space ~
14520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14522 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14527 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14533 \begin_inset Index idx
14536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14537 File formats ! PostScript
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 This file type has the extension
14547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14559 PostScript was developed by the company
14563 as a printer language.
14564 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14566 PostScript can be seen as a
14567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14570 programming language
14571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14574 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14579 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14585 \begin_inset Index idx
14588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14589 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14599 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14602 \begin_layout Standard
14603 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14607 Encapsulated PostScript
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14611 (EPS, file extension
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14624 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14625 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14630 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14631 \begin_inset space ~
14634 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14635 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14636 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14637 EPS to avoid this problem.
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14643 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14644 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14652 \begin_inset Index idx
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14662 \begin_inset Index idx
14665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 This file type has the extension
14676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14692 Portable Document Format
14693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 was derived from PostScript.
14701 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14710 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14711 looks exactly the same.
14714 \begin_layout Standard
14715 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14719 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14723 (JPG, file extension
14724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14751 Portable Network Graphics
14752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14755 (PNG, file extension
14756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14768 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14769 in the background to one of these formats.
14770 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14771 will slow down your workflow.
14772 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14775 \begin_layout Standard
14776 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14778 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14781 in three different ways:
14784 \begin_layout Description
14785 PDF This uses the program
14789 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14790 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14794 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14795 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14798 \begin_layout Description
14800 \begin_inset space ~
14803 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14807 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14811 \begin_layout Description
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14816 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14820 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14823 \begin_layout Description
14825 \begin_inset space ~
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14839 X) This uses the program
14843 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14848 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14849 font access (see section
14850 \begin_inset space ~
14854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14856 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14861 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14862 y written Japanese.
14865 \begin_layout Description
14867 \begin_inset space ~
14874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14881 X) This uses the program
14885 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14890 is an even newer engine, derived from
14894 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14895 access (see section
14896 \begin_inset space ~
14900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14902 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14907 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14912 We recommend to use
14915 \begin_inset space ~
14924 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14925 works without problems.
14926 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14927 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14931 \begin_inset space ~
14938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14950 \begin_inset space ~
14957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14966 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14976 \begin_inset Index idx
14979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14980 FileFormats ! XHTML
14986 \begin_inset Index idx
14989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14998 \begin_layout Standard
14999 This file type has the extension
15000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15012 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15013 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
15014 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15015 suitable for the purpose.
15016 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15019 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15022 between different formats, that are described in section
15024 Math Output in XHTML
15029 \begin_inset space ~
15037 \begin_layout Standard
15038 XHTML output remains
15039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15046 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15049 LyX and the World Wide Web
15053 Additional Features
15055 manual, for more information.
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15059 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15061 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15062 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15068 \begin_layout Subsection
15070 \begin_inset Index idx
15073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15083 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15084 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15093 or the toolbar button
15100 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15101 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15108 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15112 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15120 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15125 Further output formats can be selected via
15127 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15130 or the toolbar button
15131 \begin_inset Graphics
15132 filename ../images/view-others.png
15134 groupId toolbarbuttons
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15143 viewer window using the menu
15145 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15150 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15151 Update (Other Formats)
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15157 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15159 To have a real output, export your document.
15162 \begin_layout Subsection
15163 Printing the File from within LyX
15164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15166 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15175 it directly from within LyX.
15176 To print a file, select the menu
15178 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15181 or click on the toolbar button
15184 arg "dialog-show print"
15188 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15189 This file is then processed by the program
15193 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15198 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15201 \begin_layout Standard
15202 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15203 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15204 printing one set to print on the other side.
15205 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15206 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15207 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15211 You can set the parameters in the
15214 \begin_inset space ~
15222 \begin_layout Labeling
15223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15228 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15233 Note that this printer name is for the program
15242 has to be configured for this printer name.
15243 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15244 \begin_inset space ~
15248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15250 reference "sub:Printer"
15259 The printer should understand PostScript.
15262 \begin_layout Labeling
15263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15268 The name of a file to print to.
15269 The output will be a PostScript file.
15270 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15274 \begin_layout Section
15275 A few Words about Typography
15276 \begin_inset Index idx
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15288 \begin_layout Subsection
15290 \begin_inset Index idx
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15315 character comes in four lengths: the
15327 , and the minus sign:
15328 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15334 \begin_layout Standard
15335 \begin_inset Tabular
15336 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15337 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15338 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15339 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15340 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15341 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15370 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15410 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15437 \begin_inset space ~
15440 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15447 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15474 \begin_inset space ~
15477 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15498 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15539 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15551 character multiple times in a row.
15552 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15553 the final output, but not in LyX.
15555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15586 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15587 math mode and has a length of its own.
15588 Here are some examples of the
15589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15603 \begin_layout Enumerate
15604 line- and page-breaks
15605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15615 \begin_layout Enumerate
15617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15627 \begin_layout Enumerate
15628 Oh — there's a dash.
15629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15639 \begin_layout Enumerate
15640 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15654 \begin_layout Subsection
15656 \begin_inset Index idx
15659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15668 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15675 \begin_layout Standard
15676 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15677 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15682 \begin_inset Index idx
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15686 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15691 following the rules of the document language.
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15700 font and with unusual constructs, like
15701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15709 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15711 This is done with the menu
15713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15714 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15716 \begin_inset space ~
15722 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15723 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15726 \begin_layout Standard
15727 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15728 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15738 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15746 as a hyphenation possibility.
15747 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15748 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15749 as described in section
15750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15753 Prevent Hyphenation
15754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15760 \begin_inset space ~
15768 \begin_layout Subsection
15770 \begin_inset Index idx
15773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15783 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15786 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15793 \begin_layout Standard
15794 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15795 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15796 LaTeX then adds the
15797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15800 appropriate amount of space
15801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15805 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15807 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15810 \begin_layout Standard
15811 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15812 not work in all cases.
15814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15825 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15826 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15830 Here are some examples of
15834 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15837 \begin_layout Itemize
15842 \begin_layout Itemize
15847 \begin_layout Standard
15848 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15851 \begin_layout Itemize
15853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15857 this is too much space!
15860 \begin_layout Itemize
15865 \begin_layout Standard
15866 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15870 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15873 \begin_layout Enumerate
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15882 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15883 \begin_inset space ~
15887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15889 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15894 \begin_inset Index idx
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15898 Spaces ! inter-word
15906 \begin_layout Enumerate
15910 \begin_inset space ~
15915 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15916 \begin_inset space ~
15920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15922 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15927 \begin_inset Index idx
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 \begin_layout Enumerate
15943 \begin_inset space ~
15947 \begin_inset space ~
15951 \begin_inset space ~
15958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15960 \begin_inset space ~
15965 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15966 This function is also bound to
15969 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15975 \begin_layout Standard
15976 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15979 \begin_layout Itemize
15981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15985 \begin_inset space \space{}
15988 this is too much space!
15991 \begin_layout Itemize
15992 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15996 \begin_layout Standard
15997 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15998 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15999 will take care of this.
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16003 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16007 \begin_inset space ~
16012 feature described in section
16018 Additional Features
16023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16025 \begin_inset Index idx
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 Typography ! Quotes
16035 \begin_inset Index idx
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16070 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16071 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16072 and use a closing quote at the end.
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16082 The keyboard character,
16086 , generates this automatically.
16089 \begin_layout Standard
16090 You can specify what character the
16094 key produces using the submenu
16100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16104 \begin_inset Index idx
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16108 Document ! Settings
16118 There are six choices:
16121 \begin_layout Labeling
16122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16134 Use quotes like this
16135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16145 \begin_layout Labeling
16146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16149 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16153 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16159 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16163 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16169 \begin_layout Labeling
16170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16173 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16177 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16183 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16187 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16193 \begin_layout Labeling
16194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16197 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16201 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16207 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16211 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16217 \begin_layout Labeling
16218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16221 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16225 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16231 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16235 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16241 \begin_layout Labeling
16242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16245 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16249 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16255 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16259 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16265 \begin_layout Subsection
16267 \begin_inset Index idx
16270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16271 Typography ! Ligatures
16277 \begin_inset Index idx
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16311 name "sub:Ligatures"
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16319 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16320 print them as single characters.
16321 These groups are known as
16326 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16328 Here are the standard ligatures:
16331 \begin_layout Itemize
16335 \begin_layout Itemize
16339 \begin_layout Itemize
16343 \begin_layout Itemize
16347 \begin_layout Itemize
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16352 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16356 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16357 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16365 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16381 To break a ligature, use
16383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16386 \begin_inset space ~
16393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16404 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16421 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16429 \begin_layout Subsection
16431 \begin_inset Index idx
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16443 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16450 \begin_layout Standard
16451 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16452 characters in different sizes and heights.
16453 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16454 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16474 \begin_inset Note Note
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16486 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16487 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16492 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16496 \begin_layout Description
16497 LyX The name of the game, write
16498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16519 \begin_layout Description
16520 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16542 \begin_layout Description
16543 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16565 \begin_layout Description
16566 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16588 \begin_layout Standard
16589 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16594 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16602 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16603 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16604 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16607 : The actual version is
16608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16615 , the previous one was
16616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16632 \begin_inset space \space{}
16635 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16637 This will look in LyX like:
16638 \begin_inset Graphics
16639 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16645 \begin_inset Newline newline
16648 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16649 \begin_inset space ~
16653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16655 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16662 \begin_layout Subsection
16664 \begin_inset Index idx
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 \begin_layout Standard
16677 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16678 space between two words.
16679 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16689 for units use the menu
16691 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16692 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16694 \begin_inset space ~
16702 arg "space-insert thin"
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16709 Here is an example to show the differences:
16712 \begin_layout Standard
16713 \begin_inset Tabular
16714 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16715 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16716 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16717 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 \begin_inset space ~
16728 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 space between number and unit
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16756 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16768 half space between number and unit
16781 \begin_layout Subsection
16783 \begin_inset Index idx
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16796 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16798 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16799 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16800 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16801 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16802 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16803 These bits of text became known as
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16815 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16816 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16817 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16818 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16819 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16820 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16821 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16824 \begin_layout Standard
16825 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16826 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16827 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16828 \begin_inset space ~
16832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16834 key "latexcompanion"
16839 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16849 ) may have more information.
16850 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16853 \begin_layout Chapter
16854 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16857 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16864 \begin_layout Standard
16865 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16868 \begin_inset space ~
16874 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16877 \begin_layout Section
16879 \begin_inset Index idx
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16898 \begin_layout Standard
16899 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16902 \begin_layout Description
16904 \begin_inset space ~
16907 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16908 \begin_inset Newline newline
16912 \begin_inset Note Note
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16924 \begin_layout Description
16925 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16926 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16928 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16929 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16931 \begin_inset space ~
16937 \begin_inset Newline newline
16941 \begin_inset Note Comment
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16953 \begin_layout Description
16955 \begin_inset space ~
16958 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16959 set in the document settings under
16961 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16963 \begin_inset space ~
16969 \begin_inset Newline newline
16973 \begin_inset Newline newline
16977 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16987 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16992 of a comment that appears in the output.
16998 \begin_inset Newline newline
17002 \begin_inset Newline newline
17005 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17006 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17009 \begin_layout Standard
17010 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17022 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17025 \begin_layout Section
17027 \begin_inset Index idx
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17039 name "sec:Footnotes"
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17047 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17053 or the toolbar button
17056 arg "footnote-insert"
17068 \begin_inset Graphics
17069 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17078 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17107 label, the box will
17111 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17112 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17125 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17142 Here is an example footnote:
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17160 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17161 position where the footnote box is placed.
17162 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17163 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17164 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17166 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17167 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17172 ey are described in the
17175 \begin_inset space ~
17183 \begin_layout Section
17185 \begin_inset Index idx
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17197 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17204 \begin_layout Standard
17205 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17206 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17210 \begin_inset space ~
17215 or the toolbar button
17218 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17244 appearing within your text.
17245 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17254 \begin_layout Standard
17255 At the side is an example marginal note.
17259 \begin_inset Marginal
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 This is a marginal note.
17271 \begin_layout Standard
17272 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17273 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17274 pages, right on odd pages.
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17278 For further information about marginal notes see section
17281 \begin_inset space ~
17289 \begin_inset space ~
17297 \begin_layout Section
17298 Graphics and Images
17299 \begin_inset Index idx
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 \begin_inset Index idx
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17321 name "sec:Graphics"
17328 \begin_layout Standard
17329 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17330 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17333 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17342 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17346 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17351 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17352 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17354 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17355 \begin_inset space ~
17359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17361 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17373 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17374 of the image in the output.
17375 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17379 \begin_inset space ~
17383 \begin_inset space ~
17392 \begin_inset space ~
17396 \begin_inset space ~
17400 \begin_inset space ~
17405 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17406 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17414 \begin_layout Standard
17417 LaTeX and LyX options
17419 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17420 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17424 \begin_inset space ~
17429 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17430 with the image size is printed.
17434 \begin_inset space ~
17438 \begin_inset space ~
17442 \begin_inset space ~
17447 is explained in the
17450 \begin_inset space ~
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17463 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17464 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17466 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17470 \begin_layout Standard
17472 \begin_inset Graphics
17473 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17481 \begin_layout Standard
17482 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17483 the image into a float, see section
17484 \begin_inset space ~
17488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17490 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17497 \begin_layout Subsection
17499 \begin_inset Index idx
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17511 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17518 \begin_layout Standard
17519 You can insert images in any known file format.
17520 But as we explained in section
17521 \begin_inset space ~
17525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17527 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17531 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17532 LyX uses therefore the program
17536 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17537 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17538 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17539 \begin_inset space ~
17543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17545 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17556 \begin_layout Description
17558 \begin_inset space ~
17561 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17562 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17563 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17567 Graphics Interchange Format
17568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17571 (GIF, file extension
17572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17584 \begin_inset Index idx
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17619 Portable Network Graphics
17620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17623 (PNG, file extension
17624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17636 \begin_inset Index idx
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17671 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17675 (JPG, file extension
17676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17700 \begin_inset Index idx
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17734 \begin_layout Description
17736 \begin_inset space ~
17739 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17741 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17742 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17743 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17744 \begin_inset Newline newline
17747 Scalable image formats can be
17748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17751 Scalable Vector Graphics
17752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17755 (SVG, file extension
17756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17768 \begin_inset Index idx
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17803 Encapsulated PostScript
17804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17807 (EPS, file extension
17808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17820 \begin_inset Index idx
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17855 Portable Document Format
17856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17859 (PDF, file extension
17860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17872 \begin_inset Index idx
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17883 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17884 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17898 \begin_layout Standard
17899 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17903 \begin_layout Subsection
17904 Grouping of Image Settings
17905 \begin_inset Index idx
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 Images ! Settings grouping
17917 \begin_layout Standard
17918 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17920 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17921 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17923 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17924 need to manually change each of them.
17928 \begin_layout Standard
17929 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17932 \begin_inset space ~
17937 field in the Graphics dialog.
17938 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17939 by checking the name of the desired group.
17942 \begin_layout Section
17944 \begin_inset Index idx
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17963 \begin_layout Standard
17964 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17967 arg "tabular-insert"
17972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17976 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17977 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17978 from the rest of the table.
17979 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17980 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17982 Here is an example table:
17985 \begin_layout Standard
17987 \begin_inset Tabular
17988 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17989 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 \begin_layout Subsection
18197 \begin_layout Standard
18198 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18199 brings up the table dialog.
18200 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18201 where the cursor is placed currently.
18202 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18203 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18204 done on all of your selection.
18207 \begin_layout Standard
18208 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18211 \begin_inset space ~
18216 helps you in setting table properties.
18217 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18220 \begin_layout Standard
18224 \begin_inset space ~
18229 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18230 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18231 current cell respectively.
18232 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18234 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18235 of text, see section
18236 \begin_inset space ~
18240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18242 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18249 \begin_layout Standard
18250 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18251 using the check box
18260 This will merge the cells to
18264 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18265 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18266 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18267 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18268 in the last row without the upper border:
18271 \begin_layout Standard
18273 \begin_inset Tabular
18274 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18275 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18277 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 \begin_layout Standard
18411 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18412 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18413 explained in the tables section of the
18416 \begin_inset space ~
18422 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18426 degrees counterclockwise.
18427 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18430 \begin_layout Standard
18431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 Most DVI-viewers are
18443 able to display rotations.
18451 \begin_layout Standard
18456 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18461 adds lines for all cell borders.
18464 \begin_layout Subsection
18466 \begin_inset Index idx
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 Tables ! Longtables
18476 \begin_inset Index idx
18479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 \begin_layout Standard
18489 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18492 \begin_inset space ~
18496 \begin_inset space ~
18505 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18506 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18509 \begin_layout Description
18514 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18515 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18516 except for the first page, if
18519 \begin_inset space ~
18527 \begin_layout Description
18531 \begin_inset space ~
18536 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18537 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18540 \begin_layout Description
18545 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18546 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18547 except for the last page, if
18550 \begin_inset space ~
18558 \begin_layout Description
18562 \begin_inset space ~
18567 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18568 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18571 \begin_layout Description
18572 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18573 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18579 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18582 \begin_inset space ~
18590 \begin_layout Standard
18591 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18592 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18593 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18594 The others will then be defined as
18599 In this context, first means first in this order:
18602 \begin_inset space ~
18614 \begin_inset space ~
18620 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18623 \begin_layout Standard
18625 \begin_inset Tabular
18626 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18627 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18628 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18629 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18630 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18631 <row endfirsthead="true">
18632 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18643 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18662 <row endfirsthead="true">
18663 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <row endhead="true">
18696 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <row endhead="true">
18727 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <row endfoot="true">
18760 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20060 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20122 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20184 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20215 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20432 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20463 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20494 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20556 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20587 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20649 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20680 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20711 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20741 <row endlastfoot="true">
20742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20753 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20779 \begin_layout Subsection
20781 \begin_inset Index idx
20784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20793 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20800 \begin_layout Standard
20801 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20802 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20803 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20804 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20808 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20809 for the cell's paragraph.
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20814 for the column in the table dialog.
20815 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20816 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20822 \begin_inset Tabular
20823 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20824 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20826 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20847 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20972 This is longer now.
20977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21028 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21029 This is longer now.
21034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21062 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21067 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21068 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21074 Selection with the mouse or with
21078 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21079 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21080 the selection from outside the table.
21083 \begin_layout Section
21085 \begin_inset Index idx
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21104 \begin_layout Subsection
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21110 have a fixed location.
21112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21119 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21127 \begin_inset space ~
21132 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21133 too many notes on the page.
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21138 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21139 and pages without text.
21140 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21141 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21142 Floats are therefore numbered.
21143 Referencing is described in section
21144 \begin_inset space ~
21148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21150 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21158 To insert a float, use the menu
21160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21164 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21165 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21167 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21168 \begin_inset Index idx
21171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21177 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21178 paragraph within the float.
21179 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21180 by left-clicking on the box label.
21181 A closed float box looks like this:
21182 \begin_inset Graphics
21183 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21188 – a gray button with a red label.
21191 \begin_layout Standard
21192 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21193 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21196 \begin_layout Subsection
21200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21204 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21209 \begin_inset Index idx
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21213 Floats ! Figure floats
21221 \begin_layout Standard
21223 \begin_inset space ~
21227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21229 reference "cap:Platypus"
21233 was created using the menu
21235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21236 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21239 or the toolbar button
21242 arg "float-insert figure"
21246 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21252 or the toolbar button
21255 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21259 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21260 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21264 \begin_inset space ~
21269 or the toolbar button
21272 arg "layout-paragraph"
21278 \begin_layout Standard
21279 \begin_inset Float figure
21284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21286 \begin_inset Graphics
21287 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21297 \begin_inset Caption
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21302 name "cap:Platypus"
21306 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21319 \begin_layout Standard
21320 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21322 As described in section
21323 \begin_inset space ~
21327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21329 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21333 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21338 or the toolbar button
21344 and refer to it using the menu
21346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21349 or the toolbar button
21352 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21356 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21365 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21377 \begin_layout Standard
21378 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21379 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21380 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21381 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21382 as described in section
21383 \begin_inset space ~
21387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21389 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21395 \begin_inset space ~
21399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21401 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21405 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21406 You can also set the images one below the other.
21408 \begin_inset space ~
21412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21414 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21421 reference "fig:Platypus"
21425 are the subfigures.
21428 \begin_layout Standard
21429 \begin_inset Float figure
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21439 \begin_inset Float figure
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 \begin_inset Caption
21447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21450 name "fig:Undefinable"
21462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21463 \begin_inset Graphics
21464 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21479 \begin_inset Float figure
21484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 \begin_inset Caption
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21490 name "fig:Platypus"
21502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21503 \begin_inset Graphics
21504 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21516 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 \begin_inset Caption
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21528 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21532 Two distorted images.
21545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21547 \begin_inset Index idx
21550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 Floats ! Table floats
21559 \begin_layout Standard
21560 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21563 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21566 or the toolbar botton
21569 arg "float-insert table"
21573 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21576 \begin_inset space ~
21580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21582 reference "tab:Table-float"
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 \begin_inset Float table
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 \begin_inset Caption
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21601 name "tab:Table-float"
21613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21615 \begin_inset Tabular
21616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21617 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21747 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21771 \end{array}\right]$
21779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21792 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21813 \begin_layout Subsection
21815 \begin_inset Index idx
21818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21829 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21830 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21832 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21840 \begin_inset space ~
21848 \begin_layout Section
21850 \begin_inset Index idx
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21862 name "sec:Minipages"
21869 \begin_layout Standard
21870 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21872 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21873 \begin_inset space ~
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21887 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21888 and its alignment within the page.
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21893 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21903 height_special "totalheight"
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909 This is a minipage.
21910 The text is set in an italic style.
21913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21917 another formatting.
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21929 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21933 as described in section
21934 \begin_inset space ~
21938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21940 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21945 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21952 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21962 height_special "totalheight"
21965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21967 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21977 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21987 height_special "totalheight"
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21992 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22000 \begin_layout Standard
22001 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22007 \begin_layout Standard
22008 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22009 to other box types.
22010 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22017 \begin_inset space ~
22025 \begin_layout Chapter
22026 Mathematical Formulas
22027 \begin_inset Index idx
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 \begin_inset Index idx
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22071 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22079 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22084 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22087 \begin_layout Section
22089 \begin_inset Index idx
22092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22109 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22111 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22112 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22113 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22121 \begin_layout Standard
22122 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22126 \begin_inset space ~
22131 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22134 \begin_layout Standard
22135 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22136 line, like this one:
22139 \begin_layout Standard
22140 This is a line with an inline formula
22141 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22147 \begin_layout Standard
22148 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22150 \begin_inset Formula
22157 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22160 \begin_layout Standard
22161 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22167 \begin_inset space \space{}
22171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22184 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22185 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22189 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22192 \begin_inset space ~
22200 \begin_layout Subsection
22201 Navigating in Formulas
22202 \begin_inset Index idx
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 \begin_layout Standard
22215 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22216 achieved with the arrow keys.
22217 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22218 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22223 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22224 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22228 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22235 \end{array}\right]$
22243 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22248 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22249 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22252 \begin_layout Standard
22257 , printed in this document as
22258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22279 \begin_inset Note Note
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22284 space character (visible space).
22289 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22290 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22291 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22296 For example, if you want
22297 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 , since in the latter case only the
22354 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22359 will be under the square root sign:
22360 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22366 \begin_layout Standard
22367 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22369 \begin_inset Formula
22371 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22380 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22381 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22384 \begin_layout Subsection
22388 \begin_layout Standard
22389 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22390 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22394 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22395 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22396 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22397 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22398 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22401 \begin_layout Subsection
22402 Exponents and Subscripts
22403 \begin_inset Index idx
22406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22413 \begin_inset Index idx
22416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22426 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22427 way is to use a command.
22429 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22432 , type in a formula
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22460 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22464 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22485 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22494 , you have to use an extra
22498 to separate the hat and the character.
22500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22504 \begin_inset space \space{}
22508 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22529 Subscripts are similar: To get
22530 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 \begin_layout Subsection
22555 \begin_inset Index idx
22558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 \begin_layout Standard
22568 Create a fraction with either the command
22575 \begin_inset Graphics
22576 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22584 \begin_inset space ~
22590 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22591 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22592 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22597 To move back up, press
22602 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22603 \begin_inset Formula
22605 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22608 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22616 \begin_layout Subsection
22618 \begin_inset Index idx
22621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22631 Roots can be created using the
22634 \begin_inset space ~
22640 \begin_inset Graphics
22641 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22643 groupId toolbarbuttons
22666 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22672 produces always a square root.
22675 \begin_layout Subsection
22676 Operators with Limits
22677 \begin_inset Index idx
22680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22687 \begin_inset Index idx
22690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22699 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22706 \begin_layout Standard
22708 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22712 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22715 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22716 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22717 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22718 The sum operator will automatically place its
22719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22726 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22729 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22733 \begin_inset Formula
22735 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22740 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22745 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22747 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22748 behind the operator and hitting
22756 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22757 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22759 \begin_inset space ~
22763 \begin_inset space ~
22771 \begin_layout Standard
22772 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22780 feature as addition, such as
22781 \begin_inset Index idx
22784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22791 \begin_inset Formula
22793 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22798 which will place the
22799 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22811 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22812 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22818 \begin_layout Standard
22819 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22826 Have a look at section
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22833 reference "sub:Functions"
22837 for an explanation of function macros.
22840 \begin_layout Subsection
22842 \begin_inset Index idx
22845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 Most math symbols can be found in the
22858 \begin_inset space ~
22863 under one of several categories; including
22880 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22884 \begin_layout Standard
22885 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22886 you don't have to use the
22889 \begin_inset space ~
22894 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22895 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22898 \begin_layout Subsection
22900 \begin_inset Index idx
22903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22912 \begin_layout Standard
22913 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22918 arg "space-insert protected"
22924 \begin_inset space ~
22930 \begin_inset Graphics
22931 filename ../images/math/space.png
22933 groupId toolbarbuttons
22938 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22939 For example, the sequence
22944 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22948 \begin_inset Graphics
22949 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22954 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22955 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22956 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22957 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22959 Here are two examples:
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22972 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22988 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22994 \begin_layout Subsection
22996 \begin_inset Index idx
22999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23008 name "sub:Functions"
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23019 \begin_inset space ~
23024 contains under the button
23025 \begin_inset Graphics
23026 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23028 groupId toolbarbuttons
23032 a number of function macros, such as
23033 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23037 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23045 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23052 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23053 avoid confusions, because
23054 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23058 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23064 \begin_layout Standard
23065 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23067 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23071 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23077 \begin_layout Standard
23078 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23079 s are placed, as described in section
23080 \begin_inset space ~
23084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23086 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23093 \begin_layout Subsection
23095 \begin_inset Index idx
23098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 \begin_layout Standard
23108 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23110 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23111 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23116 \begin_inset space \space{}
23120 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23123 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23124 Our example is entered by typing
23132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23145 \begin_inset space ~
23149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23151 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23155 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23158 \begin_layout Standard
23159 \begin_inset Float table
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23165 \begin_inset Caption
23167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23170 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23174 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23184 \begin_inset Tabular
23185 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23186 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23705 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23750 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23771 \begin_layout Standard
23772 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23775 \begin_inset space ~
23781 \begin_inset Graphics
23782 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23784 groupId toolbarbuttons
23788 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23792 \begin_layout Section
23793 Brackets and Delimiters
23794 \begin_inset Index idx
23797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23804 \begin_inset Index idx
23807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23816 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23824 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23825 For most purposes, using just the keys
23830 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23831 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23832 toolbar delimiter icon
23835 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23839 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23841 \begin_inset Formula
23843 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23851 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23852 \begin_inset Formula
23854 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23863 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23864 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23867 \begin_layout Standard
23868 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23869 left side and right side.
23870 If you use the option
23873 \begin_inset space ~
23878 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23879 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23880 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23881 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23884 \begin_layout Standard
23885 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23886 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23887 inside the brackets.
23888 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23893 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23896 \begin_layout Section
23897 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23898 \begin_inset Index idx
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23908 \begin_inset Index idx
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23918 \begin_inset Index idx
23921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23922 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23930 \begin_layout Standard
23931 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23934 \begin_inset space ~
23940 \begin_inset Graphics
23941 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23943 groupId toolbarbuttons
23948 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23949 Here is an example:
23950 \begin_inset Formula
23952 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23961 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23962 \begin_inset space ~
23966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23968 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23973 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23974 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23975 This alignment is set in the box
23980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24028 for every column as default.
24029 For example, the sequence
24030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24041 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24042 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24043 corresponds to the relevant column.
24044 The result will look like this:
24045 \begin_inset Formula
24048 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24049 column & has & has\, right\\
24050 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24059 \begin_layout Standard
24060 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24063 arg "newline-insert newline"
24066 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24067 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24069 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24072 or the math toolbar.
24075 \begin_layout Standard
24076 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24077 It can be created with the menu
24079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24080 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24082 \begin_inset space ~
24094 Here is an example:
24095 \begin_inset Formula
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24110 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24113 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24116 arg "newline-insert newline"
24120 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24125 arg "newline-insert newline"
24128 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24136 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24137 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24138 A new row is created by every further hit of
24141 arg "newline-insert newline"
24145 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24146 Here is an example:
24147 \begin_inset Formula
24149 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24150 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24155 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24156 where you want to start the shift and hit
24161 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24162 position to the next column.
24163 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24164 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24165 \begin_inset Formula
24167 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24176 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24183 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24184 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24187 reference "eq:asquared"
24192 The other types are described in section
24193 \begin_inset space ~
24197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24199 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24206 \begin_layout Section
24207 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24208 \begin_inset Index idx
24211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24212 Math ! Formula numbering
24218 \begin_inset Index idx
24221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24222 Math ! Referencing formulas
24228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24230 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24240 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24241 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24243 \begin_inset space ~
24251 arg "math-number-toggle"
24255 The formula number appears in LyX as
24256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24263 within parentheses.
24265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24274 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24275 the document class.
24276 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24277 separated by a dot:
24278 \begin_inset Formula
24288 arg "math-number-toggle"
24291 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24292 You can only number displayed formulas.
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24296 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24298 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24299 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24301 \begin_inset space ~
24305 \begin_inset space ~
24309 \begin_inset space ~
24317 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24320 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24321 \begin_inset Formula
24324 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24330 To number all lines use the shortcut
24333 arg "math-number-toggle"
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24340 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24343 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24344 A label is inserted with the menu
24346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24349 when the cursor is in the formula.
24350 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24351 It is recommended to use the proposed
24352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24363 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24364 type when you have many labels in your document.
24365 We inserted in the following example the label
24366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24373 in the second line:
24374 \begin_inset Formula
24376 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24377 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24382 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24383 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24393 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24397 \begin_inset space ~
24403 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24404 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross reference box and in the output
24405 as the formula number:
24408 \begin_layout Standard
24409 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24412 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24419 \begin_layout Standard
24420 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24421 \begin_inset space ~
24425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24427 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24432 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24438 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24443 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24451 \begin_layout Section
24452 User defined math macros
24453 \begin_inset Index idx
24456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24465 \begin_layout Standard
24466 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24467 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24468 Math macros are explained in section
24471 \begin_inset space ~
24483 \begin_layout Section
24487 \begin_layout Subsection
24489 \begin_inset Index idx
24492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24503 To set a font in a formula, use the
24506 \begin_inset space ~
24512 \begin_inset Graphics
24513 filename ../images/math/font.png
24515 groupId toolbarbuttons
24519 , or enter its command, listed in table
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24526 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24533 \begin_layout Standard
24534 \begin_inset Float table
24539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24540 \begin_inset Caption
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24545 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24549 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24559 \begin_inset Tabular
24560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24561 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24595 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24649 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24682 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24709 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24736 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24770 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24797 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24831 \begin_layout Standard
24832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24857 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24858 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24863 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24864 space when you need a space in the box.
24865 Here an example where
24866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24877 denotes the set of numbers:
24878 \begin_inset Formula
24880 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24895 \begin_inset space \space{}
24907 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24911 \begin_inset Newline newline
24914 So it is better not to use this feature.
24917 \begin_layout Standard
24918 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24919 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24923 \begin_inset Newline newline
24926 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24932 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24933 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24946 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24950 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24952 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24953 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24955 \begin_inset space ~
24963 \begin_layout Subsection
24965 \begin_inset Index idx
24968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24978 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24980 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24984 \begin_inset space ~
24988 \begin_inset space ~
24996 \begin_inset space ~
25002 \begin_inset Graphics
25003 filename ../images/math/font.png
25005 groupId toolbarbuttons
25016 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25017 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25018 Here is an example:
25019 \begin_inset Formula
25022 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25023 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25032 \begin_layout Subsection
25034 \begin_inset Index idx
25037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25047 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25048 automatically chosen in most situations.
25066 For most characters,
25074 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25075 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25080 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25081 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25083 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25084 \begin_inset Graphics
25085 filename ../images/math/style.png
25087 groupId toolbarbuttons
25092 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25093 For example, you can set
25094 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25097 , which is normally in
25106 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25110 The four styles are used in the following example:
25113 \begin_layout Standard
25114 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25118 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25122 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25126 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25132 \begin_layout Standard
25133 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25134 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25138 \begin_inset space ~
25143 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25144 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25145 will be adjusted to correspond.
25146 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25161 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25167 \begin_layout Section
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25172 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25173 the document classes and into layout modules.
25174 \begin_inset Index idx
25177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25183 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25184 other than the AMS classes.
25186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25188 reference "sub:Modules"
25192 for more on layout modules.
25195 \begin_layout Section
25197 \begin_inset Index idx
25200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 \begin_inset Index idx
25210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25220 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25221 (AMS) that are in common use.
25224 \begin_layout Subsection
25225 Enabling AMS-Support
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25229 Selecting the checkbox
25232 \begin_inset space ~
25236 \begin_inset space ~
25240 \begin_inset space ~
25247 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25251 \begin_inset Index idx
25254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25255 Document ! Settings
25263 \begin_inset space ~
25268 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25270 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25271 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25274 \begin_layout Subsection
25276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25278 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25283 \begin_inset Index idx
25286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25287 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25297 LyX allows you to choose between
25318 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25321 \begin_layout Chapter
25325 \begin_layout Section
25327 \begin_inset Index idx
25330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25339 name "sec:Cross-References"
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25347 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25348 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25350 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25351 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25352 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25355 \begin_layout Enumerate
25359 \begin_layout Enumerate
25360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25362 name "enu:Second-item"
25369 \begin_layout Enumerate
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25379 or by pressing the toolbar button
25386 A gray label box like this:
25387 \begin_inset Graphics
25388 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25393 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25394 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25429 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25434 \begin_inset space \space{}
25437 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25452 \begin_layout Standard
25453 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25455 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25458 or the toolbar button
25461 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25465 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25466 \begin_inset Graphics
25467 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25472 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25474 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25487 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25491 \begin_layout Standard
25494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25497 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25502 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25503 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25505 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25518 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25519 \begin_inset space ~
25523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25525 reference "enu:Second-item"
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25533 It is recommended to use a protected space
25537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25538 described in section
25539 \begin_inset space ~
25543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25545 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25554 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25555 line breaks between them.
25558 \begin_layout Standard
25559 There are six formats of cross-references:
25562 \begin_layout Description
25563 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25566 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25573 \begin_layout Description
25574 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25575 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25587 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25594 \begin_layout Description
25595 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25596 \begin_inset space ~
25600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25601 LatexCommand pageref
25602 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25609 \begin_layout Description
25611 \begin_inset space ~
25615 \begin_inset space ~
25618 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25620 LatexCommand vpageref
25621 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25628 \begin_layout Description
25630 \begin_inset space ~
25634 \begin_inset space ~
25638 \begin_inset space ~
25641 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25644 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25651 \begin_layout Description
25653 \begin_inset space ~
25656 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25657 \begin_inset Newline newline
25661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25669 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25678 \begin_inset Index idx
25681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25682 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25688 \begin_inset Index idx
25691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25692 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25703 \begin_inset Newline newline
25706 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25709 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25714 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25722 is the default and preferred because
25726 supports only English documents.
25727 The format is specified by using the command
25739 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25740 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25753 ) can be done with this command
25754 \begin_inset Newline newline
25761 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25766 \begin_inset Newline newline
25769 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25773 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25780 \begin_layout Description
25782 \begin_inset space ~
25785 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25787 LatexCommand nameref
25788 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25800 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25807 \begin_inset space \space{}
25811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25825 <reference> on page <page>
25827 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25830 \begin_layout Standard
25831 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25832 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25833 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25837 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25842 You can only use the style
25846 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25850 is always possible.
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25855 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25857 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25864 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25876 \begin_inset space ~
25880 \begin_inset space ~
25885 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25886 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25894 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25895 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25898 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25905 You can change labels at any time.
25906 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25907 do not need to take care about this.
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25911 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25912 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25916 References are described in detail in sec.
25917 \begin_inset space ~
25921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25931 \begin_inset space ~
25939 \begin_layout Section
25940 Table of Contents and other Listings
25941 \begin_inset Index idx
25944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25951 \begin_inset Index idx
25954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25970 \begin_layout Subsection
25972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25974 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25985 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25987 \begin_inset space ~
25991 \begin_inset space ~
25997 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25998 If you click on it, the
26002 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26003 sections in your documents.
26004 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26009 that is described in sec.
26010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26016 reference "sec:Navigating"
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26024 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26025 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26027 \begin_inset space ~
26031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26033 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26037 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26039 \begin_inset space ~
26043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26045 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26049 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26051 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26054 \begin_layout Subsection
26055 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26058 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26066 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26067 You can insert them via the
26069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26071 \begin_inset space ~
26075 \begin_inset space ~
26081 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26084 \begin_layout Section
26085 URLs and Hyperlinks
26086 \begin_inset Index idx
26089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26096 \begin_inset Index idx
26099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26108 \begin_layout Subsection
26110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26120 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26129 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26130 \begin_inset Flex URL
26133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26143 \begin_layout Standard
26144 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26150 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26163 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26171 \begin_layout Subsection
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26175 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26183 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26188 or with the toolbar button
26195 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26204 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26205 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26206 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26208 name "LyX's homepage"
26209 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26213 , an Email address like this:
26214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26216 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26217 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26222 , or a link to a file.
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26239 to the link target.
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26243 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26244 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26245 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26246 the text style dialog.
26247 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26251 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26253 name "LyX's homepage"
26254 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26262 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26266 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26268 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26269 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26273 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26275 \begin_inset Newline newline
26283 \begin_inset Newline newline
26290 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26293 \begin_layout Section
26295 \begin_inset Index idx
26298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26307 name "sec:Appendices"
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 Appendices are created with the menu
26317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26319 \begin_inset space ~
26323 \begin_inset space ~
26329 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26330 as the appendix region.
26331 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26335 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26336 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26337 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26338 and the subsection number.
26339 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26345 \begin_inset space ~
26349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26351 reference "cha:Credits"
26356 \begin_inset space ~
26360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26362 reference "sub:Export"
26369 \begin_layout Section
26371 \begin_inset Index idx
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26383 name "sec:Bibliography"
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26392 You can include a bibliography database,
26396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26397 Known under the name
26398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26410 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26411 manually, using the paragraph environment
26415 , which was described in section
26416 \begin_inset space ~
26420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26422 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26427 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26428 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26432 use a bibliography database.
26435 \begin_layout Subsection
26436 The Bibliography Environment
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26444 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26446 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26455 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26457 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26466 , a short form of its title, as key.
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26470 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26475 or the toolbar button
26478 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26482 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26483 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26484 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26485 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26490 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26491 entry with surrounding brackets.
26496 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26497 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26512 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26515 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26517 key "latexcompanion"
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26526 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26535 \begin_layout Subsection
26536 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26537 \begin_inset Index idx
26540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26541 Bibliography ! Databases
26547 \begin_inset Index idx
26550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26551 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26559 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26567 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26573 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26575 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26576 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26581 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26583 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26584 your working field in a database.
26585 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26586 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26588 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26593 The database is a text file with the file extension
26594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26605 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26606 The format is explained in
26607 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26613 and in LaTeX books (
26614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26616 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26621 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26622 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26623 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26624 \begin_inset Flex URL
26627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26629 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26638 To use a database, use the menu
26640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26645 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26658 \begin_inset space ~
26664 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26665 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26668 Add bibliography to TOC
26670 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26675 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26676 in the document or just the cited references.
26679 \begin_layout Standard
26680 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26692 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26693 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26694 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26696 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26702 For information how this is done, have a look at
26703 \begin_inset Newline newline
26707 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26709 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26722 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26727 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26728 either in the document settings under
26732 or in LyX's preferences under
26734 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26749 The following variants are possible:
26752 \begin_layout Description
26753 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26754 other bibliography packages (like e.
26755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26759 \begin_inset space ~
26766 ), only with the package
26770 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26774 \begin_layout Description
26775 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26776 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26777 with all bibliography packages, except of
26782 \begin_layout Description
26783 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26788 , works with all bibliography packages
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26794 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26800 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 When you select the option
26812 Sectioned bibliography
26816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26819 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26820 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26822 Customizing Bibliographies
26830 Additional Features
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26836 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26837 the two methods of creating them.
26838 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26839 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26840 We used the style file
26844 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26847 \begin_layout Subsection
26848 Bibliography layout
26849 \begin_inset Index idx
26852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26853 Bibliography ! Layout
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26862 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26863 For this feature you need to enable the option
26869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26873 \begin_inset Index idx
26876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26877 Document ! Settings
26887 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26888 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26889 in the previous section.
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26894 in the citation reference window.
26895 Here an example where we set the text
26896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26900 \begin_inset space ~
26904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26907 to appear after the reference:
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26912 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26915 key "latexcompanion"
26922 \begin_layout Section
26924 \begin_inset Index idx
26927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26943 \begin_layout Standard
26944 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26948 \begin_inset space ~
26953 or the toolbar button
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26973 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26974 by LyX as the index entry.
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26978 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26979 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26981 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26983 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26990 \begin_layout Standard
26991 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26995 \begin_inset space ~
26999 \begin_inset space ~
27002 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27004 \begin_inset space ~
27010 A light blue box labeled
27011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27022 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27023 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27026 \begin_layout Subsection
27027 Grouping Index Entries
27028 \begin_inset Index idx
27031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27041 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27043 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27044 lists under the entry
27045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27053 First we create the entry
27054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27062 \begin_inset space ~
27066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27068 reference "sub:Lists"
27073 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27074 \begin_inset space ~
27078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27080 reference "sec:Itemize"
27084 , we insert the command
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27104 for the enumerated list in section
27105 \begin_inset space ~
27109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27111 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27119 The exclamation mark
27120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27127 marks the grouping levels.
27128 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27129 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27130 If we don't have an index entry for
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27138 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27141 \begin_layout Subsection
27143 \begin_inset Index idx
27146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27147 Index ! Page ranges
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27158 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27164 \begin_inset space \space{}
27167 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27169 \begin_inset space ~
27173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27175 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27185 Paragraph environments|(
27188 \begin_layout Standard
27189 and another entry at the end of section
27190 \begin_inset space ~
27194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27196 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27206 Paragraph environments|)
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27234 respectively start and end the index range.
27235 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27236 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27237 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27238 An example is the index entry
27239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27242 Document ! Settings
27243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27249 \begin_layout Subsection
27251 \begin_inset Index idx
27254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27255 Index ! Cross referencing
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27265 We referred for example in the index entry
27266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27274 \begin_inset space ~
27278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27280 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27284 ) to the index entry
27285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27292 in the same section using the entry
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27298 GIF|see{Image formats}
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27302 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27303 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27304 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27307 \begin_layout Subsection
27309 \begin_inset Index idx
27312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27313 Index ! Entry order
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27322 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27323 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27324 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27329 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27331 \begin_inset space ~
27335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27337 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27346 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27347 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27372 \begin_inset Index idx
27375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27376 Dummy entries ! maïs
27382 \begin_inset Index idx
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27386 Dummy entries ! maître
27392 \begin_inset Index idx
27395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27396 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27401 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27402 order maïs, maison, maître.
27403 To achieve this, we use the command
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27409 previous entry@current entry
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27413 In our case we want to have
27414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27429 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27440 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27445 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27452 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27457 to generate the index (see sec.
27458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27464 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27473 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27481 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27485 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27486 index commands start with
27487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27499 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27504 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27531 \begin_layout Subsection
27533 \begin_inset Index idx
27536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27537 Index ! Entry layout
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27547 \begin_inset Index idx
27550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27553 This is an italic dummy entry
27558 You can also format the page number using the character
27559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27566 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27567 We can write for example
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27573 italic page number:|textit
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27577 to get the page number in italic.
27578 \begin_inset Index idx
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27587 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27605 \begin_inset space ~
27611 Have a look at section
27612 \begin_inset space ~
27616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27618 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27622 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27626 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27634 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27638 to generate the index, see sec.
27639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27645 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27654 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27655 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27660 key "latexcompanion"
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27675 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27676 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27677 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27678 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27679 If so, put the following in the preamble
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27705 in the index entry.
27706 \begin_inset Index idx
27709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27710 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27715 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27716 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27717 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27720 \begin_layout Standard
27721 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27727 \begin_inset space \space{}
27730 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27731 for all index entries.
27732 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27744 documentation for details,
27745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27747 key "makeindex,xindy"
27754 \begin_layout Subsection
27756 \begin_inset Index idx
27759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27768 name "sub:Index-Program"
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27776 If the index entry program
27780 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27784 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27794 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27795 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27796 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27797 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27807 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27808 dialog, see section
27809 \begin_inset space ~
27813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27815 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27820 The available options are listed and explained in
27821 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27823 key "makeindex,xindy"
27828 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27834 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27838 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27842 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27843 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27846 \begin_layout Subsection
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27851 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27852 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27860 next to the standard index.
27861 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27862 packages that add this feature.
27868 \begin_inset Index idx
27871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27872 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27877 package to generate multiple indexes.
27878 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27879 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27887 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27888 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27889 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27893 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27896 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27903 Use multiple Indexes
27904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27908 Note that the list of
27909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27916 below already contains the standard index.
27917 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27918 also appear as a heading) to the
27919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27926 input field and press the
27927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27935 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27936 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27937 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27941 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27947 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27948 indexes in the LyX work area.
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27952 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27957 \begin_inset space ~
27961 \begin_inset space ~
27970 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27971 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27972 are some additional features:
27975 \begin_layout Itemize
27976 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27977 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27980 \begin_layout Itemize
27981 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27982 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27991 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27996 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27997 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27998 to the non-subindexes.
28001 \begin_layout Section
28002 Nomenclature / Glossary
28003 \begin_inset Index idx
28006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28013 \begin_inset Index idx
28016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28047 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28056 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28060 \begin_layout Standard
28061 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28066 \begin_inset Index idx
28069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28070 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28076 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28077 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28083 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28087 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28088 and then use the menu
28090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28096 \begin_inset space ~
28101 or the toolbar button
28104 arg "nomencl-insert"
28109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28120 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28124 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28125 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28126 The second is the description of the symbol.
28129 \begin_layout Standard
28130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28138 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28146 \begin_layout Subsection
28147 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28148 \begin_inset Index idx
28151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28152 Nomenclature ! Layout
28160 \begin_layout Standard
28161 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28165 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28171 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28179 \begin_inset Newline newline
28187 \begin_inset Newline newline
28193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28200 character starts/ends the formula.
28201 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28213 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28223 \begin_layout Standard
28224 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28225 \begin_inset space ~
28229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28231 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28238 \begin_layout Standard
28242 \begin_inset space ~
28247 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28248 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28253 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28260 in this document is:
28261 \begin_inset Newline newline
28266 dummy entry for the character
28271 \begin_inset Newline newline
28283 \begin_inset space ~
28293 font use the command
28322 \begin_layout Subsection
28323 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28324 \begin_inset Index idx
28327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28328 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28336 \begin_layout Standard
28337 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28338 the symbol definition.
28339 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28340 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28343 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28344 LatexCommand nomenclature
28346 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28353 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28357 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28358 LatexCommand nomenclature
28361 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28366 They will be sorted by
28367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28393 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28396 will be sorted before the
28400 since the character
28401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28408 is considered in sorting.
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28412 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28415 \begin_inset space ~
28420 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28421 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28423 For the example given, you can insert
28427 in this field for the
28428 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28435 will be located before
28436 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28443 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28457 \begin_layout Subsection
28458 Nomenclature Options
28459 \begin_inset Index idx
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28463 Nomenclature ! Options
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28476 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28477 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28480 \begin_layout Description
28481 refeq Appends the phrase
28482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28497 to every nomenclature entry, where
28503 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28506 \begin_layout Description
28507 refpage Appends the phrase
28508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28523 to every nomenclature entry, where
28529 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28532 \begin_layout Description
28533 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28538 class options list in the
28540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28544 In this document the options
28551 \begin_layout Standard
28552 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28558 \begin_layout Standard
28559 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28560 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28565 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28568 \begin_layout Description
28578 \begin_layout Description
28581 nomrefpage Like the
28588 \begin_layout Description
28591 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28600 \begin_layout Description
28604 \begin_inset space ~
28610 \begin_inset space ~
28615 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28627 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28628 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28639 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28642 \begin_inset Newline newline
28649 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28654 \begin_inset Newline newline
28658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28673 by their translation.
28676 \begin_layout Subsection
28677 Printing the Nomenclature
28678 \begin_inset Index idx
28681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28682 Nomenclature ! Printing
28690 \begin_layout Standard
28691 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28695 \begin_inset space ~
28699 \begin_inset space ~
28702 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28718 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28719 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28720 You can choose between these settings:
28723 \begin_layout Description
28724 Default a space of 1
28725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28731 \begin_layout Description
28733 \begin_inset space ~
28737 \begin_inset space ~
28740 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28743 \begin_layout Description
28744 Custom custom space
28747 \begin_layout Standard
28748 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28757 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28765 For example, in order to change the name to
28769 , add the following line to the preamble:
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28780 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28783 \begin_layout Subsection
28784 Nomenclature Program
28785 \begin_inset Index idx
28788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28789 Nomenclature ! Program
28795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28797 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28804 \begin_layout Standard
28805 LyX uses the program
28809 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28810 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28815 by adding options, see section
28816 \begin_inset space ~
28820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28822 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28827 The available options are listed and explained in
28828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28830 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28837 \begin_layout Section
28839 \begin_inset Index idx
28842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28849 \begin_inset Index idx
28852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28853 Document ! Branches
28859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28861 name "sec:Branches"
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28869 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28870 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28871 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28872 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28875 \begin_layout Standard
28876 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28877 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28878 To create a branch, either select the menu
28880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28881 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28884 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28893 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28894 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28895 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28896 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28897 (see below for an example).
28898 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28899 to the name of the other) and to add
28900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28912 \begin_inset space ~
28915 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28916 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28920 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28921 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28926 where you can choose a branch.
28927 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28932 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28933 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28937 \begin_inset Branch Question
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28941 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28954 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28970 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28973 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28974 Consider for example a file
28975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28982 which has the above branches.
28984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28991 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29015 branch were inactive,
29016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29031 branch was active, likewise
29032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29047 branch was active, and
29048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29051 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29055 if both branches were active.
29056 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29060 \begin_layout Standard
29061 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29067 \begin_layout Standard
29068 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29069 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29071 For example you can define for the question branch
29075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29076 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29077 \begin_inset space ~
29081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29083 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29116 and for the answer branch
29119 \begin_layout Standard
29129 \begin_layout Standard
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29140 \begin_inset Branch Question
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 Now it is possible to use the commands
29216 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29223 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29226 to obtain conditional output.
29227 Here is an example formula where only the
29234 \begin_inset Formula
29236 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29244 \begin_layout Standard
29245 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29253 \begin_layout Section
29255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29257 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29262 \begin_inset Index idx
29265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29274 \begin_layout Standard
29279 dialog allows you in the
29283 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29284 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29289 \begin_inset Index idx
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29293 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29306 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29307 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29308 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29310 You can specify in the dialog tab
29314 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29316 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29317 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29326 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29327 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29328 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29330 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29331 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29333 \begin_inset space ~
29336 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29337 \begin_inset space ~
29340 1 will only display the sections.
29343 \begin_layout Standard
29344 The header information in the dialog tab
29348 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29349 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29354 \begin_inset space \space{}
29357 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29358 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29361 Automatic fill header
29363 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29364 title and author settings.
29367 \begin_layout Standard
29370 Load in fullscreen mode
29372 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29376 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29377 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29383 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29384 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29393 \begin_layout Section
29394 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29397 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29404 \begin_layout Subsection
29406 \begin_inset Index idx
29409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29418 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29426 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29427 constructs, but not all.
29428 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29429 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29430 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29431 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29432 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29437 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29439 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29443 \begin_inset space ~
29448 or by the toolbar button
29455 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29460 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29461 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29462 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29463 using the LaTeX-command
29469 , you can write the command part
29475 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29479 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29480 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29481 the following example:
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29485 \begin_inset Graphics
29486 filename clipart/ERT.png
29494 \begin_layout Standard
29498 \begin_layout Standard
29499 This is a line with a
29503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29527 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29536 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29544 \begin_layout Subsection
29545 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29546 \begin_inset Argument
29549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29556 \begin_inset Index idx
29559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29568 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29575 \begin_layout Standard
29576 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29577 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29578 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29587 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29588 any time if you know the right commands.
29590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29594 \begin_inset space \space{}
29597 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29599 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29600 all caption labels bold.
29601 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29603 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29607 \begin_layout Standard
29608 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29609 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29610 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29612 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29621 \begin_layout Standard
29622 As result you know that the package
29627 \begin_inset Index idx
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29631 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29637 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29650 usepackage[options]{package name}
29653 \begin_layout Standard
29654 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29655 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29656 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29660 In your case the package name is
29665 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29670 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29671 So you add the command
29674 \begin_layout Standard
29679 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29683 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 For more commands provided by the
29692 package, have a look at its documentation,
29693 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29708 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29710 For example if you use a
29714 class, you don't need the package
29718 , you can instead write
29721 \begin_layout Standard
29726 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29731 \begin_layout Standard
29732 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29733 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29734 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29741 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29744 \begin_layout Standard
29745 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29746 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29748 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29749 the previous section.
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29753 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29755 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29757 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29765 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29771 \begin_layout Standard
29775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 \begin_inset Note Note
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29797 \begin_layout Left Header
29798 \begin_inset Argument
29801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 \begin_inset Note Note
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 defines the header line as described below
29833 \begin_layout Center Header
29834 \begin_inset Argument
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29846 \begin_layout Right Header
29847 \begin_inset Argument
29850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29871 \begin_layout Left Footer
29872 \begin_inset Argument
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 \begin_layout Center Footer
29897 \begin_inset Argument
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 \begin_inset Newline newline
29915 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29921 \begin_layout Right Footer
29922 \begin_inset Argument
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 \begin_layout Section
29948 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29951 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29956 \begin_inset Index idx
29959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 Document ! Header/Footer line
29966 \begin_inset Index idx
29969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 \begin_layout Standard
29979 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29980 to set the headings style to
29986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29992 \begin_inset space ~
29998 As second step add in the menu
30000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30001 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30008 Custom Header/Footerlines
30009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30013 This module offers the 6
30014 \begin_inset space ~
30020 \begin_layout Description
30022 \begin_inset space ~
30026 \begin_inset space ~
30030 \begin_inset space ~
30034 \begin_inset space ~
30038 \begin_inset space ~
30044 \begin_layout Description
30046 \begin_inset space ~
30050 \begin_inset space ~
30054 \begin_inset space ~
30058 \begin_inset space ~
30062 \begin_inset space ~
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30069 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30072 \begin_layout Standard
30073 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30074 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30076 \begin_inset space ~
30080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30082 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30086 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30089 \begin_layout Standard
30090 \begin_inset Float figure
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 \begin_inset Tabular
30100 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30101 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30102 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30104 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30106 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30124 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 The normal text on the page goes here.
30169 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30171 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30172 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30177 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 \begin_inset Caption
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30267 name "fig:Page-layout"
30271 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30284 \begin_layout Subsection
30288 \begin_layout Standard
30289 To define your header line, add all 3
30290 \begin_inset space ~
30294 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30295 the optional arguments on even pages.
30296 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30298 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30299 Defining the footer line works similar.
30302 \begin_layout Standard
30303 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 \begin_inset space ~
30327 \begin_layout Description
30330 thepage prints the current page number
30333 \begin_layout Description
30336 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30339 \begin_layout Description
30342 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30345 \begin_layout Description
30348 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30349 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30356 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30359 because it usually goes in a left header.
30362 \begin_layout Description
30365 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30366 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30368 It is normally used in the right header.
30371 \begin_layout Subsection
30372 Default header/footer
30375 \begin_layout Standard
30376 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30377 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30378 footer has the page number.
30379 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30380 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30381 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30384 \begin_inset space ~
30392 \begin_layout Subsection
30396 \begin_layout Standard
30397 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30398 Some pages are different.
30399 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30400 a new part or chapter in your book.
30401 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30402 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30403 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30407 Header and footer decoration line
30410 \begin_layout Standard
30411 By default, you get a 0.4
30412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30415 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30416 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30428 in the following scheme:
30431 \begin_layout Standard
30438 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30441 \begin_layout Standard
30442 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30451 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30458 \begin_layout Standard
30459 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30460 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30461 \begin_inset space ~
30465 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30475 Several header/footer lines
30478 \begin_layout Standard
30479 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30480 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30481 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30483 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30495 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30498 \begin_layout Standard
30505 headheight}{height}
30508 \begin_layout Standard
30509 Where height is a size in standard units.
30510 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30511 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30512 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 and look via the button
30531 \begin_inset space ~
30536 if you find a warning of the package
30541 \begin_inset Index idx
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30551 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30552 for your header/footer.
30555 \begin_layout Subsection
30559 \begin_layout Standard
30560 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30561 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30562 This example consists of the following definition:
30565 \begin_layout Description
30567 \begin_inset space ~
30576 , empty optional argument
30579 \begin_layout Description
30581 \begin_inset space ~
30584 Header empty, empty optional argument
30587 \begin_layout Description
30589 \begin_inset space ~
30598 in the optional argument
30601 \begin_layout Description
30603 \begin_inset space ~
30612 in the optional argument
30615 \begin_layout Description
30617 \begin_inset space ~
30629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30633 \begin_inset Newline newline
30637 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30644 in the optional argument
30647 \begin_layout Description
30649 \begin_inset space ~
30658 , empty optional argument
30661 \begin_layout Description
30664 headrulewidth set to 2
30665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30671 \begin_layout Standard
30672 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30674 For more special things like e.
30675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30679 \begin_inset space ~
30682 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30687 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30696 \begin_layout Standard
30697 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30703 \begin_layout Standard
30707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 pagestyle{headings}
30717 \begin_inset Note Note
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 switches back to page style with the default headings
30729 \begin_layout Section
30730 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30733 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30738 \begin_inset Index idx
30741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 \begin_inset Index idx
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 \begin_layout Standard
30761 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30762 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30763 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30766 \begin_layout Subsection
30770 \begin_layout Standard
30771 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30776 \begin_inset Index idx
30779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30785 (on some systems named simply
30790 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30792 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30798 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30799 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30807 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package is
30808 automatically installed together with LyX.
30811 \begin_layout Subsection
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30817 LaTeX, activate the option
30820 \begin_inset space ~
30827 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30833 \begin_inset space ~
30837 \begin_inset space ~
30840 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30847 \begin_inset space ~
30860 \begin_inset space ~
30865 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30868 \begin_layout Standard
30869 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30873 \begin_layout Standard
30874 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30882 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30883 generated by activating the option
30886 \begin_inset space ~
30892 Reopening the documents assures to get previews.
30900 \begin_layout Subsection
30901 Selected document parts
30904 \begin_layout Standard
30905 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30906 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30907 which are not yet supported by LyX.
30908 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30910 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30914 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30915 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30916 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30919 \begin_layout Standard
30920 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30926 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 is explained in section
30939 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30944 \begin_inset space ~
30954 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30955 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30957 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30959 Here is the result:
30962 \begin_layout Standard
30963 \begin_inset Preview
30965 \begin_layout Standard
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
30980 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
30990 height_special "totalheight"
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31024 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 \begin_layout Standard
31047 Previewing works also for colors.
31048 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 is explained in section
31073 \begin_inset space ~
31086 \begin_layout Standard
31087 \begin_inset Preview
31089 \begin_layout Standard
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31112 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31117 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31136 \begin_layout Standard
31137 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31143 \begin_layout Standard
31144 If LyX does not show a preview, assure that you enabled previews as described
31145 above and also assure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that
31146 you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31148 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31149 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31150 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31151 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31155 \begin_layout Subsection
31159 \begin_layout Standard
31160 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31165 \begin_inset space ~
31170 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31171 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31173 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31174 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31175 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31176 the source view window.
31179 \begin_layout Section
31180 Advanced Find and Replace
31181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31183 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31188 \begin_inset Index idx
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 \begin_inset Index idx
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 \begin_layout Subsection
31214 \begin_layout Standard
31215 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31216 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31217 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31218 The key-features are:
31221 \begin_layout Itemize
31222 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31223 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31224 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31228 \begin_layout Itemize
31229 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31230 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31231 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31232 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31235 \begin_layout Itemize
31236 Search may be widened to a specific
31241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31245 \begin_inset space ~
31248 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31249 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31256 \begin_layout Itemize
31257 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31258 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31263 \begin_inset space ~
31266 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31269 \begin_layout Subsection
31273 \begin_layout Standard
31274 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31290 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31293 ) or the toolbar button
31296 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31302 Advanced Find and Replace
31307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31311 \begin_layout Standard
31316 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31321 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31326 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31327 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31328 Pressing repeatedly
31332 keeps searching forward.
31333 Similarly, pressing
31337 searches for the entered text backwards.
31340 \begin_layout Standard
31341 While searching, the
31345 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31355 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31359 Searching for mathematics
31362 \begin_layout Standard
31363 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31367 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31368 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31371 or also something more complex like
31372 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31376 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31377 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31378 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31379 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31389 \begin_layout Standard
31390 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31391 This is done by switching to the
31395 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31400 This way, entering in the
31407 \begin_layout Itemize
31408 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31409 in emphasized or boldface.
31412 \begin_layout Itemize
31413 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31414 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31415 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31416 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31419 \begin_layout Itemize
31420 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31421 of if only within section headings.
31422 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31423 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31427 \begin_layout Itemize
31428 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31429 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31432 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31436 \begin_layout Standard
31437 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31441 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31449 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31453 button or alternatively
31475 \begin_layout Standard
31476 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31477 text segments in your document.
31478 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31482 \begin_layout Itemize
31483 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31484 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31492 with its typewriter version
31495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31505 \begin_layout Itemize
31506 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31512 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31524 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31531 (you may want to enable the
31539 options and disable the
31547 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31555 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31556 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31560 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31563 , or occurrences of
31564 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31568 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31574 \begin_layout Subsection
31578 \begin_layout Standard
31579 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31586 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31588 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31597 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31603 This is done via the menu
31605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31606 Insert Regular Expression
31608 while the cursor is in the
31613 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31614 expression matching rules
31618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31619 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31625 \begin_inset space ~
31628 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31629 to match expressions.
31634 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31635 same text in the document.
31636 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31637 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31640 \begin_layout Enumerate
31641 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31646 editor the fraction
31647 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31651 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31654 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31655 fractions with the given denominator.
31658 \begin_layout Enumerate
31659 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31671 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31676 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31677 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31679 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31682 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31683 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31686 \begin_layout Standard
31687 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31688 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31689 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31692 , and referring back to them through
31693 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31697 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31701 For example, try searching for the regexp
31702 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31705 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31708 \begin_layout Standard
31709 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31710 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31711 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31712 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31716 \begin_inset space ~
31720 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31723 always refers to the first occurrence of
31724 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31727 in all entered regexps.
31730 \begin_layout Standard
31731 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31735 \begin_layout Section
31737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31739 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31744 \begin_inset Index idx
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 \begin_layout Standard
31757 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31760 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31767 or the toolbar button
31770 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31773 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31774 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31775 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31776 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31777 scrolled so that it is visible.
31778 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31779 n, if any could be found.
31780 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31784 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31785 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31788 \begin_layout Standard
31789 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31796 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31797 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31798 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31799 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31800 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31801 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31804 \begin_layout Subsection
31808 \begin_layout Standard
31809 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31812 \begin_inset space ~
31815 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31818 you can set the following things:
31821 \begin_layout Description
31823 \begin_inset space ~
31826 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31827 Depending on your platform,
31841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31843 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31858 \begin_layout Description
31860 \begin_inset space ~
31863 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31864 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31867 \begin_layout Description
31869 \begin_inset space ~
31872 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31878 \begin_inset space \space{}
31882 This should normally not be needed.
31885 \begin_layout Description
31887 \begin_inset space ~
31891 \begin_inset space ~
31894 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31906 \begin_layout Description
31908 \begin_inset space ~
31911 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31912 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31913 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31914 in the context menu.
31915 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31919 \begin_layout Description
31921 \begin_inset space ~
31925 \begin_inset space ~
31929 \begin_inset space ~
31932 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31936 \begin_layout Section
31938 \begin_inset Index idx
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31950 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31957 \begin_layout Standard
31958 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31959 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31971 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31980 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31981 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31982 are available for many languages.
31985 \begin_layout Standard
31986 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31990 \begin_layout Subsection
31991 Setting up the thesaurus
31994 \begin_layout Standard
32002 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32007 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32012 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32018 en_EN for English).
32019 For instance, the English files are named:
32022 \begin_layout Itemize
32026 \begin_layout Itemize
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32031 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32032 already on your system.
32033 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32034 \begin_inset Flex URL
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32045 \begin_inset Flex URL
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32061 \begin_inset space ~
32065 \begin_inset Flex URL
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32075 are usually packed in extension archives (
32079 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32081 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32082 unpack a zip archive.
32095 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32096 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32098 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32099 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32103 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32106 \begin_layout Subsection
32107 Using the thesaurus
32110 \begin_layout Standard
32111 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32113 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32116 or the toolbar button
32119 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32122 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32124 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32126 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32127 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32128 and hyponyms (such as
32136 ), compounds (such as
32140 ) and antonyms (such as
32148 ), which are marked as such.
32151 \begin_layout Standard
32152 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32153 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32157 \begin_layout Standard
32158 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32159 the dictionary, such as the above
32163 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32168 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32169 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32170 For example looking up the word forms
32178 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32183 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32196 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32197 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32198 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32201 \begin_layout Section
32203 \begin_inset Index idx
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 \begin_inset Index idx
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 Document ! Change Tracking
32223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32225 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32232 \begin_layout Standard
32233 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32234 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32235 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32236 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32240 \begin_inset space ~
32243 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32245 \begin_inset space ~
32253 \begin_layout Standard
32254 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32268 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32269 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32272 \begin_inset space ~
32276 \begin_inset space ~
32286 \begin_inset Index idx
32289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32290 Color ! Change tracking
32295 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32296 the cursor is in changed text.
32297 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32300 arg "changes-merge"
32306 \begin_layout Standard
32307 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32308 \begin_inset Index idx
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 \begin_layout Standard
32321 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32327 \begin_layout Standard
32328 \begin_inset Graphics
32329 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32337 \begin_layout Standard
32338 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32344 \begin_layout Standard
32345 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32349 \begin_layout Standard
32350 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32356 \begin_layout Standard
32357 \begin_inset Tabular
32358 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32359 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32360 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32361 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32371 arg "changes-track"
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32387 \begin_inset space ~
32390 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32392 \begin_inset space ~
32401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32410 arg "changes-output"
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32426 \begin_inset space ~
32429 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32431 \begin_inset space ~
32435 \begin_inset space ~
32439 \begin_inset space ~
32448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 Jumps to the next change
32475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 arg "change-accept"
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32500 \begin_inset space ~
32503 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32505 \begin_inset space ~
32514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 arg "change-reject"
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32539 \begin_inset space ~
32542 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32544 \begin_inset space ~
32553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 arg "changes-merge"
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32578 \begin_inset space ~
32581 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32583 \begin_inset space ~
32592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32601 arg "all-changes-accept"
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32617 \begin_inset space ~
32620 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32622 \begin_inset space ~
32626 \begin_inset space ~
32635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 arg "all-changes-reject"
32652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32660 \begin_inset space ~
32663 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32665 \begin_inset space ~
32669 \begin_inset space ~
32678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32702 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32704 \begin_inset space ~
32713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32738 \begin_inset space ~
32754 \begin_layout Standard
32755 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32761 \begin_layout Standard
32762 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32763 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32764 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32765 the next change after the current cursor position.
32766 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32767 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32768 step to the next change.
32769 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32772 \begin_layout Standard
32773 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32774 to describe a change.
32777 \begin_layout Standard
32778 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32783 \begin_inset Index idx
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32793 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32794 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32800 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32803 \begin_layout Section
32804 Comparison of Documents
32805 \begin_inset Index idx
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 Comparison of documents
32817 \begin_layout Standard
32818 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32820 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32824 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32826 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32829 \begin_inset space ~
32833 \begin_inset space ~
32837 \begin_inset space ~
32842 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32847 \begin_inset space ~
32851 \begin_inset space ~
32855 \begin_inset space ~
32859 \begin_inset space ~
32863 \begin_inset space ~
32867 \begin_inset space ~
32872 enables the change tracking option
32875 \begin_inset space ~
32879 \begin_inset space ~
32883 \begin_inset space ~
32888 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32891 \begin_layout Section
32892 International Support
32893 \begin_inset Index idx
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 International support
32905 \begin_layout Standard
32906 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32907 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32908 how to set up LyX to use them:
32909 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32911 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32918 \begin_layout Standard
32919 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32920 \begin_inset space ~
32924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32926 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32933 \begin_layout Subsection
32935 \begin_inset Index idx
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 \begin_inset Index idx
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 Document ! Settings
32955 \begin_inset Index idx
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 Document ! Language
32967 \begin_layout Standard
32970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32973 dialog lets you set
32975 the language and character encoding for your language.
32979 \begin_layout Standard
32980 Choose your language in the
32984 section of this dialog.
32992 \begin_layout Standard
32997 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33002 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33003 For details about the different encoding options see section
33004 \begin_inset space ~
33008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33010 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33017 \begin_layout Subsection
33018 Keyboard mapping configuration
33019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33021 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33028 \begin_layout Standard
33029 If you have for example a U.
33030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33033 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33034 can use an alternate keymap.
33035 For example, if you have a U.
33036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33039 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33040 use an Italian keymap.
33041 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33043 \begin_inset space ~
33047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33049 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33054 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33055 which one you want to use.
33058 \begin_layout Standard
33059 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33060 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33061 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33062 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33063 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33064 one to support the characters you want.
33065 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33072 \begin_layout Subsection
33076 \begin_layout Standard
33078 \begin_inset space ~
33082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33084 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33093 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33097 \begin_layout Standard
33098 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33099 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33107 \begin_layout Itemize
33108 Even if you have selected
33114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33117 dialog, users who have only the
33121 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33125 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33126 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33127 french quotes will not show up.
33130 \begin_layout Standard
33131 \begin_inset Float table
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 \begin_inset Caption
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33142 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 \begin_inset Tabular
33161 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33162 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33177 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 \begin_layout Standard
37593 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37595 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37596 also the characters from
37608 \begin_layout Itemize
37617 \begin_layout Standard
37618 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37625 \begin_layout Standard
37626 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37633 \begin_layout Standard
37634 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37635 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37641 \begin_layout Standard
37642 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37649 \begin_layout Standard
37651 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37657 \begin_layout Standard
37659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37665 \begin_layout Standard
37667 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37674 \begin_layout Itemize
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37697 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37703 \begin_layout Standard
37705 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37713 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37719 \begin_layout Standard
37721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37737 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37738 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37739 Also make sure you're using the
37746 \begin_layout Chapter
37749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37751 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37758 \begin_layout Standard
37759 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37760 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37761 topic inside the user's guide.
37764 \begin_layout Section
37766 \begin_inset Index idx
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37778 \begin_layout Standard
37783 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37786 \begin_layout Subsection
37790 \begin_layout Standard
37791 Creates a new document.
37794 \begin_layout Subsection
37798 \begin_layout Standard
37799 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37800 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37801 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37804 \begin_layout Subsection
37808 \begin_layout Standard
37812 \begin_layout Subsection
37816 \begin_layout Standard
37817 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37818 Click there on a file to open it.
37821 \begin_layout Subsection
37825 \begin_layout Standard
37826 Closes the current document.
37829 \begin_layout Subsection
37833 \begin_layout Standard
37834 Closes all opened documents.
37837 \begin_layout Subsection
37841 \begin_layout Standard
37842 Saves the actual document.
37845 \begin_layout Subsection
37849 \begin_layout Standard
37850 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37853 \begin_layout Subsection
37857 \begin_layout Standard
37858 Saves all opened documents.
37861 \begin_layout Subsection
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37866 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37869 \begin_layout Subsection
37873 \begin_layout Standard
37874 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37875 It is described in the section
37877 Version Control in LyX
37881 Additional Features
37886 \begin_layout Subsection
37890 \begin_layout Standard
37891 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37892 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37894 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37897 \begin_layout Standard
37898 When using the menu entry
37901 \begin_inset space ~
37906 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37910 \begin_inset space ~
37914 \begin_inset space ~
37919 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37920 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37923 \begin_layout Subsection
37925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 You can export your document to various file formats.
37936 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37937 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37938 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37941 \begin_layout Standard
37942 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37944 \begin_inset space ~
37948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37950 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37957 \begin_layout Description
37963 \begin_inset space ~
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37977 yX format of the special LyX
37978 \begin_inset space ~
37981 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37982 \begin_inset Newline newline
37985 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37988 \begin_layout Description
37989 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37995 \begin_layout Description
37997 \begin_inset space ~
38000 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38006 \begin_layout Description
38007 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38008 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38009 files paths or file names in your document.
38010 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38017 \begin_layout Description
38018 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
38019 paths or file names
38022 \begin_layout Description
38024 \begin_inset space ~
38031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 eX) DVI-format using the program
38042 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38045 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38061 \begin_layout Description
38063 \begin_inset space ~
38066 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38070 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38075 \begin_layout Description
38076 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38080 \begin_layout Description
38082 \begin_inset space ~
38086 \begin_inset space ~
38089 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38093 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38101 \begin_layout Description
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38116 \begin_inset space ~
38127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38145 \begin_layout Description
38152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 \begin_inset space ~
38165 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38166 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38170 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38173 \begin_layout Description
38180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 \begin_inset space ~
38193 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38194 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38202 \begin_layout Description
38209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 \begin_inset space ~
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38246 \begin_layout Description
38248 \begin_inset space ~
38252 \begin_inset space ~
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38271 music notation software
38276 \begin_layout Description
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset space ~
38297 \begin_inset space ~
38300 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38301 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38305 \begin_layout Description
38312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 \begin_inset space ~
38325 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38341 represent the version number)
38344 \begin_layout Description
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38363 \begin_layout Description
38364 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38369 \begin_layout Description
38370 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38372 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38375 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38379 \begin_layout Description
38383 \begin_inset space ~
38388 PDF-format using the program
38392 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38395 \begin_layout Description
38399 \begin_inset space ~
38406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38415 PDF-format using the program
38419 , produces PDF-files directly
38422 \begin_layout Description
38426 \begin_inset space ~
38431 PDF-format using the program
38435 , produces PDF-files directly
38438 \begin_layout Description
38442 \begin_inset space ~
38447 PDF-format using the program
38451 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38454 \begin_layout Description
38458 \begin_inset space ~
38465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38474 PDF-format using the program
38478 , produces PDF-files directly
38481 \begin_layout Description
38485 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_layout Description
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38501 \begin_inset space ~
38506 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38507 and then exported as text using the program
38512 \begin_layout Description
38517 PostScript format using the program
38522 \begin_layout Description
38523 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38524 programming language
38537 it is possible to use
38544 \begin_layout Standard
38545 If one of the menu entries
38552 \begin_inset space ~
38561 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38562 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38563 \begin_inset space ~
38567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38569 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38574 \begin_inset Index idx
38577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38578 Reconfiguration of LyX
38586 \begin_layout Subsection
38590 \begin_layout Standard
38591 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38592 format or send it to a printer.
38593 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38594 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38600 For more information have a look at section
38601 \begin_inset space ~
38605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38607 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38614 \begin_layout Subsection
38618 \begin_layout Standard
38619 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38620 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38621 prefix, see section
38622 \begin_inset space ~
38626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38628 reference "sec:Paths"
38633 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38642 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38643 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38644 \begin_inset space ~
38648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38650 reference "sub:Converters"
38657 \begin_layout Subsection
38658 New and Close Window
38661 \begin_layout Standard
38662 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38665 \begin_layout Subsection
38669 \begin_layout Standard
38670 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38673 \begin_layout Section
38675 \begin_inset Index idx
38678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38687 \begin_layout Subsection
38691 \begin_layout Standard
38692 Described in section
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38699 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38706 \begin_layout Subsection
38707 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38710 \begin_layout Standard
38711 Described in section
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38718 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38725 \begin_layout Subsection
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38731 Is the cursor outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38734 \begin_layout Subsection
38738 \begin_layout Standard
38739 Selects the whole document.
38742 \begin_layout Subsection
38743 Find & Replace (Quick)
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38747 Described in section
38748 \begin_inset space ~
38752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38754 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38761 \begin_layout Subsection
38762 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38765 \begin_layout Standard
38766 Described in section
38767 \begin_inset space ~
38771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38773 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38780 \begin_layout Subsection
38781 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38784 \begin_layout Standard
38785 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38789 \begin_layout Subsection
38793 \begin_layout Standard
38794 Described in section
38795 \begin_inset space ~
38799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38801 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38808 \begin_layout Subsection
38810 \begin_inset Index idx
38813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38814 Paragraph ! Settings
38822 \begin_layout Standard
38823 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38824 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38827 \begin_layout Standard
38828 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38829 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38845 \begin_layout Subsection
38846 Table Settings and Math
38849 \begin_layout Standard
38850 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38852 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38853 The properties of tables are described in section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sec:Tables"
38864 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38865 \begin_inset space ~
38869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38871 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38878 \begin_layout Subsection
38879 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38882 \begin_layout Standard
38883 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38885 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38886 \begin_inset space ~
38890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38892 reference "sec:Nesting"
38897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38899 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38906 \begin_layout Section
38908 \begin_inset Index idx
38911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38921 At the bottom of the
38925 menu the opened documents are listed.
38928 \begin_layout Subsection
38929 Open/Close all Insets
38932 \begin_layout Standard
38933 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38936 \begin_layout Subsection
38937 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38940 \begin_layout Standard
38941 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38944 \begin_layout Standard
38945 Math macros are described in the
38952 \begin_layout Subsection
38956 \begin_layout Standard
38957 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38965 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38972 \begin_layout Subsection
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38977 Opens a window showing console messages.
38978 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38982 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38983 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38986 \begin_layout Subsection
38990 \begin_layout Standard
38991 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
38992 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
38993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38999 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39003 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39010 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39014 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39015 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39016 \begin_inset space ~
39020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39022 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39027 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39028 The default output format is
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39039 \begin_layout Subsection
39040 View (Other Formats)
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39045 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39046 actual document with an external program.
39047 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39048 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39049 All possible formats are listed in section
39050 \begin_inset space ~
39054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39056 reference "sub:Export"
39061 You should at least see the menu entry
39066 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39067 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39074 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39079 \begin_inset Index idx
39082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39083 Reconfiguration of LyX
39091 \begin_layout Standard
39092 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39093 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39094 \begin_inset space ~
39098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39100 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39105 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39108 \begin_layout Subsection
39112 \begin_layout Standard
39113 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39114 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39117 \begin_layout Subsection
39118 Update (Other Formats)
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39122 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39123 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39126 \begin_layout Subsection
39127 View Master Document
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39131 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39147 \begin_inset space ~
39152 manual for more information on this topic).
39153 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39154 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39159 generates the output of the whole book, while
39163 will just output the chapter alone.
39166 \begin_layout Standard
39167 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39168 in the preferences (see sec.
39169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39175 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39179 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39186 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39193 \begin_layout Subsection
39194 Update Master Document
39197 \begin_layout Standard
39198 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39219 manual for more information on this topic).
39220 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39221 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39224 \begin_layout Standard
39225 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39226 in the preferences (see sec.
39227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39233 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39237 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39244 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39251 \begin_layout Subsection
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39256 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39257 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39258 view the same document, but at different positions.
39259 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39260 or more documents at the same time.
39261 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39268 \begin_layout Subsection
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 Closes a split view.
39276 \begin_layout Subsection
39280 \begin_layout Standard
39281 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39282 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39283 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39284 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39285 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39288 \begin_layout Subsection
39290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39292 name "sub:Toolbars"
39297 \begin_inset Index idx
39300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 \begin_layout Standard
39310 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39311 All toolbars and the
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39319 can be turned on and off.
39324 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_inset space ~
39353 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39357 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39364 \begin_layout Standard
39369 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39373 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39374 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39375 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39376 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39377 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39380 \begin_layout Standard
39381 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39388 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39395 \begin_layout Section
39397 \begin_inset Index idx
39400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39409 \begin_layout Subsection
39413 \begin_layout Standard
39414 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39415 \begin_inset space ~
39419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39421 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39432 \begin_layout Subsection
39434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39436 name "sub:Special-Character"
39443 \begin_layout Standard
39444 Here you can insert the following characters:
39447 \begin_layout Description
39448 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39449 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39450 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39451 \begin_inset Newline newline
39455 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39463 Not all characters will be visible in the
39467 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39475 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39479 ) can display every character.
39487 \begin_layout Description
39488 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39492 \begin_layout Description
39494 \begin_inset space ~
39498 \begin_inset space ~
39501 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39502 \begin_inset space ~
39506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39508 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39515 \begin_layout Description
39517 \begin_inset space ~
39520 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39533 \begin_layout Description
39535 \begin_inset space ~
39538 Quote Inserts this quote:
39539 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39545 \begin_layout Description
39547 \begin_inset space ~
39550 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39554 \begin_layout Description
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39559 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39563 \begin_layout Description
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39568 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39572 \begin_layout Description
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset Index idx
39581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39588 \begin_inset Index idx
39591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39592 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39597 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39598 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39599 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39604 \begin_inset Index idx
39607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39608 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39614 \begin_inset Newline newline
39617 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39629 and this Wiki-page:
39630 \begin_inset Newline newline
39634 \begin_inset Flex URL
39637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39639 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39647 \begin_layout Subsection
39651 \begin_layout Standard
39652 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39655 \begin_layout Description
39656 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39657 \begin_inset script superscript
39659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39668 \begin_layout Description
39669 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39670 \begin_inset script subscript
39672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39681 \begin_layout Description
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39686 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39687 \begin_inset space ~
39691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39693 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39700 \begin_layout Description
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39705 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39712 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39719 \begin_layout Description
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39724 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39731 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39738 \begin_layout Description
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39743 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39744 \begin_inset space ~
39748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39750 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39757 \begin_layout Description
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39762 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39769 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39776 \begin_layout Description
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39781 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39788 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39795 \begin_layout Description
39796 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39803 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39810 \begin_layout Description
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39822 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39829 \begin_layout Description
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39834 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39841 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39857 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39864 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39871 \begin_layout Description
39873 \begin_inset space ~
39876 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39877 text line to the page border, see section
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39884 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39891 \begin_layout Description
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39896 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39903 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39910 \begin_layout Description
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39915 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39916 text page to the page border, described in section
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39923 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39930 \begin_layout Description
39932 \begin_inset space ~
39935 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39942 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39958 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39965 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39972 \begin_layout Subsection
39976 \begin_layout Standard
39977 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39978 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39980 \begin_inset space ~
39984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39986 reference "sec:toc"
39991 The index list is described in section
39992 \begin_inset space ~
39996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39998 reference "sec:Index"
40002 , the nomenclature in section
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40009 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40013 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40020 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40027 \begin_layout Subsection
40031 \begin_layout Standard
40032 To insert floats, described in section
40033 \begin_inset space ~
40037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40039 reference "sec:Floats"
40046 \begin_layout Subsection
40050 \begin_layout Standard
40051 To insert notes, described in section
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40058 reference "sec:Notes"
40065 \begin_layout Subsection
40069 \begin_layout Standard
40070 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40077 reference "sec:Branches"
40084 \begin_layout Subsection
40088 \begin_layout Standard
40089 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40090 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40092 An example is the document class
40093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40100 with three custom insets.
40103 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40109 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40112 \begin_layout Subsection
40114 \begin_inset Index idx
40117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40126 \begin_layout Standard
40127 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40128 files in your document.
40129 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_layout Subsection
40146 \begin_inset Index idx
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40158 \begin_layout Standard
40159 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40160 \begin_inset space ~
40164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40166 reference "sec:Minipages"
40171 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40178 \begin_inset space ~
40186 \begin_layout Subsection
40190 \begin_layout Standard
40191 Inserts a citation as described in section
40192 \begin_inset space ~
40196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40198 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40205 \begin_layout Subsection
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40210 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40217 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40224 \begin_layout Subsection
40228 \begin_layout Standard
40229 Inserts a label as described in section
40230 \begin_inset space ~
40234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40236 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40243 \begin_layout Subsection
40245 \begin_inset Index idx
40248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40255 \begin_inset Index idx
40258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40259 Longtables ! Caption
40267 \begin_layout Standard
40268 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40269 Floats are described in section
40270 \begin_inset space ~
40274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40276 reference "sec:Floats"
40280 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40287 \begin_inset space ~
40295 \begin_layout Subsection
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40307 reference "sec:Index"
40314 \begin_layout Subsection
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40320 \begin_inset space ~
40324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40326 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40333 \begin_layout Subsection
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40339 Tables are described in section
40340 \begin_inset space ~
40344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40346 reference "sec:Tables"
40353 \begin_layout Subsection
40357 \begin_layout Standard
40359 Graphics are described in section
40360 \begin_inset space ~
40364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40366 reference "sec:Graphics"
40373 \begin_layout Subsection
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40378 Inserts an URL as described in section
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40385 reference "sub:URLs"
40392 \begin_layout Subsection
40396 \begin_layout Standard
40397 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40398 \begin_inset space ~
40402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40404 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40411 \begin_layout Subsection
40415 \begin_layout Standard
40416 Inserts a footnote, see section
40417 \begin_inset space ~
40421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40423 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40430 \begin_layout Subsection
40434 \begin_layout Standard
40435 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40436 \begin_inset space ~
40440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40442 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40449 \begin_layout Subsection
40453 \begin_layout Standard
40454 Inserts a short title, see section
40455 \begin_inset space ~
40459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40461 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40468 \begin_layout Subsection
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40487 \begin_layout Subsection
40489 \begin_inset Index idx
40492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40501 \begin_layout Standard
40502 Inserts a program listings box.
40503 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40505 Program Code Listings
40510 \begin_inset space ~
40518 \begin_layout Subsection
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Inserts the actual date.
40524 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40526 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40534 \begin_inset space ~
40542 \begin_layout Subsection
40546 \begin_layout Standard
40547 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40548 \begin_inset space ~
40552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40554 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40561 \begin_layout Section
40563 \begin_inset Index idx
40566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40575 \begin_layout Standard
40576 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40577 \begin_inset space ~
40580 of the current document.
40581 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40584 \begin_layout Subsection
40588 \begin_layout Standard
40589 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40590 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40596 \begin_inset space \space{}
40600 \begin_inset space ~
40604 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40605 \begin_inset space ~
40608 2.5 and use the submenu
40611 \begin_inset space ~
40615 \begin_inset space ~
40622 \begin_inset space ~
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_inset space ~
40638 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40642 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40648 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40654 \begin_layout Standard
40655 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40656 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40659 \begin_layout Subsection
40660 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40663 \begin_layout Standard
40664 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40668 \begin_layout Subsection
40672 \begin_layout Standard
40673 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40674 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40675 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40679 \begin_inset space ~
40683 \begin_inset space ~
40691 \begin_layout Subsection
40695 \begin_layout Standard
40696 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40697 in the output, see section
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40708 \begin_inset space ~
40713 manual for a detailed description.
40716 \begin_layout Section
40718 \begin_inset Index idx
40721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 \begin_layout Subsection
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40735 Change Tracking is described in section
40736 \begin_inset space ~
40740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40742 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40749 \begin_layout Subsection
40754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 \begin_layout Standard
40765 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40767 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40770 \begin_layout Standard
40771 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40776 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40779 \begin_layout Subsection
40783 \begin_layout Standard
40784 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40785 \begin_inset space ~
40789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40791 reference "sec:Navigating"
40796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40798 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40805 \begin_layout Subsection
40806 Start Appendix Here
40809 \begin_layout Standard
40810 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40811 position as described in section
40812 \begin_inset space ~
40816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40818 reference "sec:Appendices"
40825 \begin_layout Subsection
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40830 Un/compresses the current document.
40833 \begin_layout Subsection
40837 \begin_layout Standard
40838 The document settings are described in appendix
40839 \begin_inset space ~
40843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40845 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40852 \begin_layout Section
40854 \begin_inset Index idx
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40866 \begin_layout Subsection
40870 \begin_layout Standard
40871 Spell checking is explained in section
40872 \begin_inset space ~
40876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40878 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40885 \begin_layout Subsection
40889 \begin_layout Standard
40890 The thesaurus is described in section
40891 \begin_inset space ~
40895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40897 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40904 \begin_layout Subsection
40906 \begin_inset Index idx
40909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 \begin_inset Index idx
40919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40928 \begin_layout Standard
40929 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40933 \begin_layout Subsection
40935 \begin_inset Index idx
40938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 \begin_layout Standard
40948 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40952 \begin_layout Subsection
40954 \begin_inset Index idx
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40958 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40969 Reconfiguration of LyX
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 \begin_inset Index idx
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 Reconfiguration of LyX
40998 \begin_layout Standard
40999 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41000 and programs it needs; see also section
41001 \begin_inset space ~
41005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41007 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41014 \begin_layout Subsection
41018 \begin_layout Standard
41019 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41020 \begin_inset space ~
41024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41026 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41033 \begin_layout Section
41035 \begin_inset Index idx
41038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 \begin_layout Standard
41048 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41050 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
41053 \begin_layout Standard
41057 \begin_inset space ~
41062 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41063 found by LyX (see also section
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41070 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41077 \begin_layout Section
41079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41081 name "sec:Toolbars"
41088 \begin_layout Standard
41089 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41090 \begin_inset space ~
41094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41096 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41103 \begin_layout Standard
41104 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41105 This is described in the
41107 Additional Features
41112 \begin_layout Subsection
41114 \begin_inset Index idx
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 \begin_layout Standard
41127 \begin_inset Graphics
41128 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41136 \begin_layout Standard
41137 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41144 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41161 \begin_inset Note Note
41164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41165 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41170 manual for more information.
41178 \begin_layout Standard
41179 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41185 \begin_layout Standard
41186 \begin_inset Tabular
41187 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41188 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 \begin_inset Graphics
41197 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41211 pull-down box for the environments
41224 \begin_layout Standard
41225 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41231 \begin_layout Standard
41233 \begin_inset Tabular
41234 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41235 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41236 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41237 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41291 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41321 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 arg "dialog-show print"
41345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41411 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41531 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41547 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41585 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41599 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41600 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41628 Emphasize text, function of the
41630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41632 \begin_inset space ~
41643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 Set text to noun style, function of the
41666 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41668 \begin_inset space ~
41679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 arg "textstyle-apply"
41696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 Formats text using the current settings in the
41702 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41739 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41741 \begin_inset space ~
41750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 arg "tabular-insert"
41795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41817 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41829 Toggle outline window on/off,
41831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41847 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41899 \begin_layout Subsection
41901 \begin_inset Index idx
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 \begin_layout Standard
41914 \begin_inset Graphics
41915 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41923 \begin_layout Standard
41924 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41930 \begin_layout Standard
41931 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41935 \begin_layout Standard
41936 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41942 \begin_layout Standard
41943 \begin_inset Tabular
41944 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41945 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41946 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41947 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 arg "layout Enumerate"
41992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42011 arg "layout Itemize"
42019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42029 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 arg "layout Description"
42073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42092 arg "depth-increment"
42100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42106 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42108 \begin_inset space ~
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42121 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42130 arg "depth-decrement"
42138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42146 \begin_inset space ~
42150 \begin_inset space ~
42159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42168 arg "float-insert figure"
42176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42183 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42190 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 arg "float-insert table"
42207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42214 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42290 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42336 \begin_inset space ~
42345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 arg "nomencl-insert"
42362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42370 \begin_inset space ~
42379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42388 arg "footnote-insert"
42396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42418 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42434 \begin_inset space ~
42443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42467 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42487 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42578 \begin_inset space ~
42587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42596 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42611 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42627 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42642 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42644 \begin_inset space ~
42653 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42662 arg "dialog-show character"
42670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42676 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42678 \begin_inset space ~
42687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42696 arg "layout-paragraph"
42704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42712 \begin_inset space ~
42721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42730 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42744 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42758 \begin_layout Subsection
42759 View / Update Toolbar
42760 \begin_inset Index idx
42763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42764 Toolbar ! View / Update
42772 \begin_layout Standard
42773 \begin_inset Graphics
42774 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42781 \begin_layout Standard
42782 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42788 \begin_layout Standard
42789 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42793 \begin_layout Standard
42794 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42800 \begin_layout Standard
42801 \begin_inset Tabular
42802 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42803 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42804 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42805 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42829 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42836 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42845 arg "buffer-update"
42853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42859 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42875 arg "master-buffer-view"
42883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42889 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42905 arg "master-buffer-update"
42913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42921 \begin_inset space ~
42930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42939 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42953 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42954 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42955 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42956 Synchronize with Output
42962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 \begin_inset Graphics
42968 filename ../images/view-others.png
42970 groupId toolbarbuttons
42981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42987 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42988 View (Other Formats)
42994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42999 \begin_inset Graphics
43000 filename ../images/update-others.png
43002 groupId toolbarbuttons
43011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43017 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43018 Update (Other Formats)
43031 \begin_layout Standard
43032 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43036 \begin_layout Subsection
43040 \begin_layout Standard
43041 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43042 \begin_inset space ~
43046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43048 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43052 , the table toolbar
43053 \begin_inset Index idx
43056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43065 \begin_inset space ~
43070 manual, the math macro toolbar
43071 \begin_inset Index idx
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 \begin_layout Chapter
43088 The Document Settings
43089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43091 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43096 \begin_inset Index idx
43099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43100 Document ! Settings
43108 \begin_layout Standard
43109 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43110 whole document and is called with the menu
43112 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43116 You can save your document settings as default with the
43118 Save as Document Defaults
43120 button in the dialog.
43121 This will create a template named
43125 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43129 \begin_layout Standard
43134 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43135 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43138 \begin_layout Standard
43139 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43142 \begin_layout Section
43146 \begin_layout Standard
43147 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43149 Document classes are described in section
43150 \begin_inset space ~
43154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43156 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43164 \begin_layout Standard
43168 \begin_inset space ~
43173 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43177 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43178 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43180 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43189 \begin_layout Standard
43190 Some classes use special class options by default.
43191 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43195 and you can decide to use them or not.
43196 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43197 recommended to use them untouched.
43202 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43207 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43208 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43215 \begin_inset Newline newline
43220 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43223 \begin_inset Newline newline
43226 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43232 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43234 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43246 \begin_layout Standard
43247 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43249 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43250 document is opened without its master.
43251 This way child documents are always compilable.
43252 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43259 \begin_inset space ~
43267 \begin_layout Standard
43268 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43278 \begin_inset Index idx
43281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43282 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43288 \begin_inset Index idx
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43292 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43297 for cross-references, see sec.
43298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43304 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43311 \begin_layout Section
43315 \begin_layout Standard
43316 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43317 Please refer to the section
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43328 \begin_inset space ~
43333 manual for details.
43336 \begin_layout Section
43340 \begin_layout Standard
43341 Modules are explained in section
43342 \begin_inset space ~
43346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43348 reference "sub:Modules"
43355 \begin_layout Section
43359 \begin_layout Standard
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43367 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43374 \begin_layout Section
43378 \begin_layout Standard
43379 The document font settings are described in section
43380 \begin_inset space ~
43384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43386 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43393 \begin_layout Section
43397 \begin_layout Standard
43398 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43400 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43402 \change_inserted 1414654397 1323297066
43403 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43404 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43409 \begin_layout Standard
43410 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43411 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43413 However, in the output, it will be as you specified it.
43416 \begin_layout Section
43420 \begin_layout Standard
43421 A description of this menu is given in section
43422 \begin_inset space ~
43426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43428 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43435 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43442 \begin_layout Section
43446 \begin_layout Standard
43447 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43448 \begin_inset space ~
43452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43454 reference "sub:Margins"
43461 \begin_layout Section
43463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43465 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43470 \begin_inset Index idx
43473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43474 Language ! Encoding
43482 \begin_layout Standard
43483 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43484 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43485 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43486 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43487 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43488 known for a particular character).
43492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43493 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43498 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43503 manual for details.
43511 \begin_layout Standard
43512 If you use the option
43516 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43517 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43518 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43519 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43520 exactly one encoding.
43521 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43524 \begin_layout Standard
43525 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43526 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43527 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43528 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43529 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43530 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43535 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43536 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43537 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43538 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43539 engines to standard LaTeX.
43540 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43541 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43544 \begin_inset space ~
43551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43563 \begin_inset space ~
43570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43582 \begin_inset space ~
43588 \begin_inset space ~
43592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43594 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43599 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43603 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43606 \begin_layout Standard
43610 \begin_inset space ~
43615 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43625 The possible settings are:
43628 \begin_layout Description
43629 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43631 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43632 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43636 \begin_inset space ~
43640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43642 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43649 \begin_layout Description
43650 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43651 format you will use.
43652 In many cases this will be
43657 \begin_inset Index idx
43660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43661 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43667 If the newer package
43672 \begin_inset Index idx
43675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43676 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43681 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43682 this package will be used instead of
43689 \begin_layout Description
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43702 would be more appropriate.
43705 \begin_layout Description
43706 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43707 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43711 (for German texts), type in
43714 \begin_inset Newline newline
43719 usepackage{ngerman}
43722 \begin_layout Description
43723 None will not use a language package.
43724 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43727 \begin_layout Standard
43728 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43731 \begin_layout Description
43733 \begin_inset space ~
43737 \begin_inset space ~
43741 \begin_inset space ~
43748 , but the LaTeX-package
43753 \begin_inset Index idx
43756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43757 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43763 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43764 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43765 languages in TeX code.
43768 \begin_layout Description
43769 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43770 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43771 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43774 \begin_layout Description
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43780 \begin_inset space ~
43783 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43786 \begin_layout Description
43788 \begin_inset space ~
43792 \begin_inset space ~
43795 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43798 \begin_layout Description
43800 \begin_inset space ~
43803 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43806 \begin_layout Description
43808 \begin_inset space ~
43812 \begin_inset space ~
43815 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43816 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43819 \begin_layout Description
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43825 \begin_inset space ~
43828 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43832 \begin_layout Description
43834 \begin_inset space ~
43838 \begin_inset space ~
43841 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43842 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43845 \begin_layout Description
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \begin_inset space ~
43855 \begin_inset space ~
43858 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43859 \begin_inset space ~
43865 \begin_layout Description
43867 \begin_inset space ~
43871 \begin_inset space ~
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43878 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43879 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43882 \begin_layout Description
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43888 \begin_inset space ~
43891 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43892 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43893 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43904 \begin_layout Description
43906 \begin_inset space ~
43910 \begin_inset space ~
43913 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43914 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43915 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43916 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43921 \begin_inset space ~
43927 \begin_layout Description
43929 \begin_inset space ~
43933 \begin_inset space ~
43936 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43939 \begin_layout Description
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43948 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43951 \begin_layout Description
43953 \begin_inset space ~
43957 \begin_inset space ~
43960 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43963 \begin_layout Description
43965 \begin_inset space ~
43968 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43971 \begin_layout Description
43973 \begin_inset space ~
43976 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43979 \begin_layout Description
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43985 \begin_inset space ~
43988 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43991 \begin_layout Description
43993 \begin_inset space ~
43997 \begin_inset space ~
44003 \begin_layout Description
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44009 \begin_inset space ~
44012 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44015 \begin_layout Description
44017 \begin_inset space ~
44021 \begin_inset space ~
44027 \begin_layout Description
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44033 \begin_inset space ~
44036 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44041 \begin_inset Index idx
44044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44045 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44050 , when using this, set the document language to
44055 \begin_layout Description
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44061 \begin_inset space ~
44064 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44068 , when using this, set the document language to
44071 \begin_inset space ~
44077 \begin_layout Description
44079 \begin_inset space ~
44083 \begin_inset space ~
44086 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44091 \begin_inset Index idx
44094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44095 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44100 , when using this, set the document language to
44105 \begin_layout Description
44107 \begin_inset space ~
44111 \begin_inset space ~
44114 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44118 , when using this, set the document language to
44123 \begin_layout Description
44125 \begin_inset space ~
44129 \begin_inset space ~
44132 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44136 , when using this, set the document language to
44141 \begin_layout Description
44143 \begin_inset space ~
44146 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44149 \begin_layout Description
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44155 \begin_inset space ~
44159 \begin_inset space ~
44162 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44165 \begin_layout Description
44167 \begin_inset space ~
44171 \begin_inset space ~
44175 \begin_inset space ~
44178 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44179 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44180 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44183 \begin_layout Description
44185 \begin_inset space ~
44189 \begin_inset space ~
44195 \begin_layout Description
44197 \begin_inset space ~
44201 \begin_inset space ~
44204 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44205 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44208 \begin_layout Description
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44214 \begin_inset space ~
44217 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44222 \begin_inset Index idx
44225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44226 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44231 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44234 \begin_layout Description
44236 \begin_inset space ~
44240 \begin_inset space ~
44243 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44251 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44256 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44258 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44261 \begin_layout Description
44263 \begin_inset space ~
44267 \begin_inset space ~
44270 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44275 \begin_inset Index idx
44278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44279 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44284 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44287 \begin_layout Description
44289 \begin_inset space ~
44292 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44297 \begin_inset Index idx
44300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44301 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44307 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44311 \begin_layout Description
44313 \begin_inset space ~
44317 \begin_inset space ~
44321 \begin_inset space ~
44324 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44325 \begin_inset space ~
44331 \begin_layout Description
44333 \begin_inset space ~
44337 \begin_inset space ~
44341 \begin_inset space ~
44344 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44345 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44346 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44350 \begin_layout Description
44352 \begin_inset space ~
44356 \begin_inset space ~
44360 \begin_inset space ~
44363 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44364 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44367 \begin_layout Standard
44368 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44372 LatexCommand formatted
44373 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44377 for more information on the language package.
44380 \begin_layout Section
44382 \begin_inset Index idx
44385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44392 \begin_inset Index idx
44395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44404 \begin_layout Standard
44405 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44407 \begin_inset space ~
44410 out notes (default: light grey).
44415 sets the color back to the default.
44418 \begin_layout Standard
44419 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44421 \begin_inset space ~
44424 boxes (default: red).
44427 \begin_layout Standard
44428 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44432 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44434 \begin_inset space ~
44437 out note appears blue in the output.)
44445 \begin_layout Standard
44446 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44449 \begin_inset space ~
44454 in the document settings under
44457 \begin_inset space ~
44462 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44465 \begin_inset space ~
44473 \begin_inset space ~
44479 For example the option
44482 \begin_layout Standard
44488 \begin_layout Standard
44489 sets the link text color to black.
44490 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44495 \begin_inset Index idx
44498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44499 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44505 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44514 \begin_layout Standard
44515 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44521 \begin_layout Standard
44522 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44523 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44524 \begin_inset space ~
44527 Code behind a forced page break:
44530 \begin_layout Itemize
44531 For the page color:
44532 \begin_inset Newline newline
44539 pagecolor{color name}
44542 \begin_layout Itemize
44543 For the text color:
44544 \begin_inset Newline newline
44554 \begin_layout Standard
44555 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44588 \begin_inset Newline newline
44591 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44595 \begin_layout Itemize
44596 For the page background color:
44597 \begin_inset Newline newline
44602 page_backgroundcolor
44605 \begin_layout Itemize
44606 For the main text color:
44607 \begin_inset Newline newline
44615 \begin_layout Itemize
44617 \begin_inset space ~
44620 box background color:
44621 \begin_inset Newline newline
44629 \begin_layout Itemize
44631 \begin_inset space ~
44634 out note text color:
44635 \begin_inset Newline newline
44643 \begin_layout Standard
44644 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44647 \begin_inset space ~
44655 \begin_inset space ~
44663 \begin_layout Section
44667 \begin_layout Standard
44668 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44669 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44670 \begin_inset space ~
44674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44676 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44683 \begin_layout Section
44687 \begin_layout Standard
44688 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44693 \begin_inset Index idx
44696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44697 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44707 \begin_inset Index idx
44710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44711 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44717 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44722 \begin_inset Index idx
44725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44726 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44731 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44733 For a further description see section
44734 \begin_inset space ~
44738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44740 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44747 \begin_layout Section
44751 \begin_layout Standard
44752 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44753 and you can define additional indexes.
44754 Please refer to section
44755 \begin_inset space ~
44759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44761 reference "sec:Index"
44768 \begin_layout Section
44772 \begin_layout Standard
44773 The PDF properties are explained in section
44774 \begin_inset space ~
44778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44780 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44787 \begin_layout Section
44791 \begin_layout Standard
44792 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44797 \begin_inset Index idx
44800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44801 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44811 \begin_inset Index idx
44814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44815 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44825 \begin_inset Index idx
44828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44829 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44839 \begin_inset Index idx
44842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44843 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44848 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44851 \begin_layout Description
44852 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44853 ensure that you have enabled
44856 \begin_inset space ~
44864 \begin_layout Description
44865 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44868 \begin_inset space ~
44880 \begin_layout Description
44881 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44892 \begin_layout Description
44893 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44895 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44904 \begin_layout Section
44908 \begin_layout Standard
44909 The float placement options are described in section
44912 \begin_inset space ~
44920 \begin_inset space ~
44928 \begin_layout Section
44932 \begin_layout Standard
44933 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44935 Program Code Listings
44940 \begin_inset space ~
44948 \begin_layout Section
44952 \begin_layout Standard
44953 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44954 The itemize environment is described in section
44955 \begin_inset space ~
44959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44961 reference "sec:Itemize"
44968 \begin_layout Section
44972 \begin_layout Standard
44973 Branches are described in section
44974 \begin_inset space ~
44978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44980 reference "sec:Branches"
44987 \begin_layout Section
44989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44991 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44998 \begin_layout Standard
44999 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45002 \begin_layout Description
45004 \begin_inset space ~
45008 \begin_inset space ~
45011 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45031 View Master Document
45032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45039 Update Master Document
45040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45047 menu or the toolbar.
45048 The default is set in
45050 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45051 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45060 LatexCommand formatted
45061 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45068 \begin_layout Description
45070 \begin_inset space ~
45074 \begin_inset space ~
45077 Output settings for the menu
45079 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45081 \begin_inset space ~
45087 For a detailed description see section
45089 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45094 \begin_inset space ~
45102 \begin_layout Description
45104 \begin_inset space ~
45108 \begin_inset space ~
45111 Options settings for the export format
45119 \begin_inset space ~
45124 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45125 \begin_inset space ~
45128 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45132 \begin_inset space ~
45137 settings are described in detail in section
45139 Math Output in XHTML
45144 \begin_inset space ~
45150 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45153 \begin_layout Section
45158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45168 \begin_layout Standard
45169 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
45170 to define LaTeX-commands.
45171 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45172 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45176 \begin_layout Standard
45177 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45178 \begin_inset space ~
45182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45184 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45191 \begin_layout Chapter
45197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45199 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45204 \begin_inset Index idx
45207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45216 \begin_layout Standard
45217 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45219 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45223 It has the following submenus.
45226 \begin_layout Section
45230 \begin_layout Subsection
45234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45235 User Interface File
45236 \begin_inset Index idx
45239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45240 Customization ! of toolbars
45246 \begin_inset Index idx
45249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45250 Customization ! of menus
45258 \begin_layout Standard
45259 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45260 interface (ui) file.
45261 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45262 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45271 Both files are loaded by the
45276 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45277 files and edit the entries.
45280 \begin_layout Standard
45281 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45293 entries must be finished with an explicit
45318 and in the case of the
45319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45331 The syntax for the entries is:
45334 \begin_layout Standard
45335 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45363 \begin_layout Standard
45365 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45368 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45370 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45372 \begin_inset space ~
45380 \begin_layout Standard
45381 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45387 \begin_layout Standard
45388 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45390 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45393 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45397 \begin_layout Standard
45398 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45422 \begin_layout Standard
45424 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45435 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45442 \begin_layout Standard
45443 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45444 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45445 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45448 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45455 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45459 \begin_layout Standard
45462 Enable tool tips in main work area
45464 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45472 \begin_layout Standard
45475 Restore window layouts and geometries
45477 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45478 in the last LyX session.
45481 \begin_layout Standard
45484 Restore cursor positions
45486 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45490 \begin_layout Standard
45493 Load opened files from last session
45495 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45498 \begin_layout Standard
45501 Clear all session information
45503 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45504 of last opened documents, etc.).
45507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45511 name "sub:Backup documents"
45516 \begin_inset Index idx
45519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45528 \begin_layout Standard
45531 Backup original documents when saving
45533 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45534 it was saved the last time.
45535 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45538 \begin_inset space ~
45544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45546 reference "sec:Paths"
45551 The backup file has the file extension
45552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45566 \begin_layout Standard
45569 Backup documents, every
45571 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45574 \begin_layout Standard
45577 Save documents compressed by default
45579 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45582 \begin_layout Standard
45587 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45590 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45592 \begin_inset space ~
45600 \begin_layout Standard
45603 Open documents in tabs
45605 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45609 \begin_layout Standard
45614 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45626 reference "sec:Paths"
45630 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45636 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45638 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45641 \begin_layout Standard
45644 Single close-tab button
45646 there will only be one button (
45649 \begin_inset Graphics
45650 filename ../images/closetab.png
45657 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45658 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45661 \begin_layout Standard
45662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45670 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45678 \begin_layout Subsection
45680 \begin_inset Index idx
45683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45692 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45699 \begin_layout Standard
45700 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45703 \begin_layout Standard
45704 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45712 This section only deals with the fonts
45717 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45721 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45732 \begin_layout Standard
45733 By default, LyX uses
45737 as roman (serif) font,
45745 (depends on the system) as
45748 \begin_inset space ~
45764 \begin_layout Standard
45765 You can change the font size with the
45772 \begin_layout Standard
45777 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45782 points have the size of 1
45783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45787 \begin_inset space ~
45791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45793 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45798 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45803 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45804 \begin_inset space ~
45808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45810 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45817 \begin_layout Standard
45820 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45822 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45823 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45824 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45825 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45827 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45828 \begin_inset space ~
45834 \begin_layout Subsection
45836 \begin_inset Index idx
45839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45846 \begin_inset Index idx
45849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45858 \begin_layout Standard
45859 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45860 Choose an item in the list and use the
45867 \begin_layout Standard
45868 By using the option
45872 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45875 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45876 \begin_inset space ~
45880 \begin_inset space ~
45885 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45888 \begin_layout Subsection
45890 \begin_inset Index idx
45893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45902 \begin_layout Standard
45903 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45906 \begin_layout Standard
45911 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45912 This feature is described in section
45913 \begin_inset space ~
45917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45919 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45926 \begin_layout Standard
45930 \begin_inset space ~
45934 \begin_inset space ~
45938 \begin_inset space ~
45943 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45946 \begin_layout Section
45948 \begin_inset Index idx
45951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45960 \begin_layout Subsection
45964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45968 \begin_layout Standard
45971 Cursor follows scrollbar
45973 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45977 \begin_layout Standard
45978 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
45979 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45980 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45983 \begin_layout Standard
45986 Scroll below end of document
45988 is self-explanatory.
45991 \begin_layout Standard
45992 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
45999 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46001 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46002 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46005 \begin_layout Standard
46008 Sort environments alphabetically
46010 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46013 \begin_layout Standard
46016 Group environments by their category
46018 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46021 \begin_layout Standard
46022 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46038 \begin_layout Standard
46039 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46044 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46045 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text appears
46049 \begin_layout Subsection
46051 \begin_inset Index idx
46054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46061 \begin_inset Index idx
46064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46065 Settings ! Shortcuts
46073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46077 \begin_layout Standard
46078 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46079 Several binding files are available:
46082 \begin_layout Description
46083 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46086 \begin_layout Description
46087 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46098 \begin_layout Description
46099 mac.bind set of bindings for
46102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46110 \begin_layout Standard
46111 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46115 , and bind files for special languages.
46116 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46121 \begin_inset space \space{}
46125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46133 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46137 \begin_layout Standard
46138 Some bind-files, like
46142 , have only a small scope.
46143 When looking at the end of the file
46147 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46154 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46159 \begin_inset Index idx
46162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46163 Key Bindings ! Editing
46171 \begin_layout Standard
46172 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46173 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46174 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46177 Show key-bindings containing
46180 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46181 Insert there for example as keyword
46182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46189 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46199 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46200 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46204 that you will find in the
46211 \begin_layout Standard
46213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46217 \begin_inset space \space{}
46228 , select the function and press the
46233 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46234 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46235 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46236 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46237 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46239 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46241 The binding for the function
46245 is an example of this.
46248 \begin_layout Standard
46249 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46251 The syntax of the entries is:
46254 \begin_layout Standard
46260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46278 \begin_layout Subsection
46280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46282 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46287 \begin_inset Index idx
46290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46297 \begin_inset Index idx
46300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46301 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46309 \begin_layout Standard
46310 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46311 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46317 \begin_inset space \space{}
46320 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46321 can use the keyboard map file named
46328 \begin_layout Standard
46329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46337 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46345 \begin_layout Standard
46346 You can furthermore specify here the
46348 Wheel scrolling speed
46351 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46355 \begin_layout Standard
46360 you can select a key for zooming.
46361 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46364 \begin_layout Subsection
46368 \begin_layout Standard
46369 Input completion is described in sec.
46370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46376 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46383 \begin_layout Section
46385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46392 \begin_inset Index idx
46395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46402 \begin_inset Index idx
46405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46414 \begin_layout Description
46416 \begin_inset space ~
46419 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46420 It is the default when you
46431 \begin_inset space ~
46439 \begin_layout Description
46441 \begin_inset space ~
46444 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46446 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46448 \begin_inset space ~
46452 \begin_inset space ~
46460 \begin_layout Description
46462 \begin_inset space ~
46465 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46471 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46475 \begin_inset Newline newline
46479 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46491 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46499 \begin_layout Description
46501 \begin_inset space ~
46505 \begin_inset Index idx
46508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46514 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46515 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46516 \begin_inset space ~
46520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46522 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46530 will be used to save the backups.
46531 \begin_inset Newline newline
46534 Backup files have the ending
46535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46545 \begin_layout Description
46550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46558 \begin_inset space ~
46561 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46562 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46563 \begin_inset Newline newline
46570 You add a BibTeX-database
46575 You can edit this file with the program
46584 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46587 \begin_inset space ~
46593 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46598 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46599 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46605 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46606 \begin_inset Newline newline
46609 The pipe is also used for the
46614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46620 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46625 \begin_inset Newline newline
46628 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46629 \begin_inset Newline newline
46645 \begin_layout Description
46647 \begin_inset space ~
46650 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46653 \begin_layout Description
46655 \begin_inset space ~
46658 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46659 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46660 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46663 \begin_layout Description
46665 \begin_inset space ~
46668 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46674 You only need to specify it if you are using
46678 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46684 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46688 \begin_layout Description
46690 \begin_inset space ~
46693 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46694 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46695 to find it on the system.
46696 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46697 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46706 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46707 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46710 \begin_layout Description
46712 \begin_inset space ~
46715 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46716 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46717 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46719 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46720 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46721 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46722 scanned for the input files.
46723 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46724 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46725 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46726 on may fail for some documents.
46729 \begin_layout Section
46733 \begin_layout Standard
46734 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46735 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46737 \begin_inset space ~
46741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46743 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46747 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46750 \begin_layout Section
46752 \begin_inset Index idx
46755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46756 Language ! Settings
46762 \begin_inset Index idx
46765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46766 Settings ! Language
46774 \begin_layout Subsection
46776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46778 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46785 \begin_layout Description
46787 \begin_inset space ~
46791 \begin_inset space ~
46794 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46795 You find the actual translation status here:
46796 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46798 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46805 \begin_layout Description
46807 \begin_inset space ~
46810 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46812 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46813 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46830 The most widespread language package is
46835 \begin_inset Index idx
46838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46839 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46844 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46845 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46846 with the alternative language package
46851 \begin_inset Index idx
46854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46855 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46860 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46861 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46863 The available selections are described in sec.
46864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46870 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46877 \begin_layout Description
46879 \begin_inset space ~
46882 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46883 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46884 An example is the start command
46890 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46895 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46910 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46915 \begin_layout Description
46917 \begin_inset space ~
46925 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46926 command toggles the package on and off.
46929 \begin_layout Description
46931 \begin_inset space ~
46935 \begin_inset space ~
46938 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46942 \begin_layout Description
46944 \begin_inset space ~
46948 \begin_inset space ~
46951 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46952 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46953 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46954 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46961 \begin_layout Description
46963 \begin_inset space ~
46966 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46968 When this option is not set, the
46971 \begin_inset space ~
46976 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46977 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46980 \begin_inset space ~
46988 \begin_layout Description
46990 \begin_inset space ~
46996 \begin_inset space ~
47002 When it is not set, the
47005 \begin_inset space ~
47010 is set to the end of the document.
47013 \begin_layout Description
47015 \begin_inset space ~
47019 \begin_inset space ~
47022 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47023 language will be underlined blue.
47026 \begin_layout Description
47028 \begin_inset space ~
47032 \begin_inset space ~
47035 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47036 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47039 \begin_layout Description
47041 \begin_inset space ~
47044 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47045 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47046 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47047 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47050 \begin_layout Subsection
47054 \begin_layout Standard
47055 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47056 \begin_inset space ~
47060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47062 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47069 \begin_layout Section
47073 \begin_layout Subsection
47077 \begin_layout Description
47079 \begin_inset space ~
47083 \begin_inset space ~
47086 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47089 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47090 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47092 \begin_inset space ~
47098 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47102 \begin_layout Description
47104 \begin_inset space ~
47108 \begin_inset Index idx
47111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47118 \begin_inset Index idx
47121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47122 Settings ! Date format
47127 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47128 \begin_inset Newline newline
47132 \begin_inset Flex URL
47135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47137 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47143 \begin_inset Newline newline
47146 For example the format
47147 \begin_inset Newline newline
47151 \begin_inset Newline newline
47154 prints the date as day/month/year.
47157 \begin_layout Description
47159 \begin_inset space ~
47163 \begin_inset space ~
47166 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47169 \begin_layout Description
47171 \begin_inset space ~
47174 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47176 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47178 \begin_inset space ~
47184 For a detailed description see section
47186 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47191 \begin_inset space ~
47199 \begin_layout Subsection
47201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47208 \begin_inset Index idx
47211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47218 \begin_inset Index idx
47221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47230 \begin_layout Description
47232 \begin_inset space ~
47235 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47236 The name will be used when the
47241 \begin_inset Newline newline
47245 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47253 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47261 \begin_layout Description
47263 \begin_inset space ~
47266 command is the command LyX
47267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47274 LaTeX uses for printing.
47275 The default is on most systems
47282 \begin_layout Description
47284 \begin_inset space ~
47288 \begin_inset space ~
47291 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47292 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47293 of the program that provides the
47300 \begin_layout Description
47302 \begin_inset space ~
47306 \begin_inset space ~
47310 \begin_inset space ~
47313 printer This option works only for the
47318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47330 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47331 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47334 \begin_layout Subsection
47339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47349 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47354 \begin_inset Index idx
47357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47366 \begin_layout Description
47368 \begin_inset space ~
47375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47383 \begin_inset space ~
47387 \begin_inset space ~
47390 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47395 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47416 are used for Cyrillic.
47417 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47430 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47431 LyX sets up in the background.
47432 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47435 \begin_layout Description
47437 \begin_inset space ~
47441 \begin_inset space ~
47444 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47449 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47452 \begin_layout Description
47454 \begin_inset space ~
47458 \begin_inset space ~
47462 \begin_inset space ~
47466 \begin_inset space ~
47469 options They only have an effect when the program
47473 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47476 \begin_layout Standard
47477 You can also specify here options and commands with parameters for processors.
47478 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47479 manuals of the applications.
47482 \begin_layout Description
47484 \begin_inset space ~
47487 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47488 \begin_inset space ~
47492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47494 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47501 \begin_layout Description
47503 \begin_inset space ~
47506 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47507 \begin_inset space ~
47511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47513 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47520 \begin_layout Description
47522 \begin_inset space ~
47525 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47526 \begin_inset space ~
47530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47532 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47539 \begin_layout Description
47544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47552 \begin_inset space ~
47555 command Command for the program
47559 that is described in the section
47565 Additional Features
47570 \begin_layout Standard
47571 There are additionally the following options:
47574 \begin_layout Description
47576 \begin_inset space ~
47580 \begin_inset space ~
47584 \begin_inset space ~
47588 \begin_inset space ~
47592 \begin_inset space ~
47595 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47613 to separate folders.
47614 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47615 \begin_inset Index idx
47618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47625 \begin_inset Index idx
47628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47637 \begin_layout Description
47639 \begin_inset space ~
47643 \begin_inset space ~
47647 \begin_inset space ~
47651 \begin_inset space ~
47655 \begin_inset space ~
47659 \begin_inset space ~
47662 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47667 dialog when changing the document class.
47670 \begin_layout Section
47672 \begin_inset space ~
47676 \begin_inset Index idx
47679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47688 \begin_layout Subsection
47690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47692 name "sub:Converters"
47697 \begin_inset Index idx
47700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47709 \begin_layout Standard
47710 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47711 from one format to another.
47712 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47713 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47720 \begin_inset space ~
47730 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47734 \begin_inset space ~
47739 drop-down list, modify the
47743 field and press the
47750 \begin_layout Standard
47753 Converter File Cache
47755 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47758 Maximum Age (in days
47761 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47762 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47765 \begin_layout Standard
47766 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47767 definition, is described in the section
47778 \begin_layout Subsection
47780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47782 name "sec:File-Formats"
47787 \begin_inset Index idx
47790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47797 \begin_inset Index idx
47800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47809 \begin_layout Standard
47810 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47811 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47815 \begin_layout Standard
47816 Furthermore, you can define the
47818 Default output format
47820 that is used when you use
47822 View, Update, View Master Document
47826 Update Master Document
47832 menu or the toolbar.
47835 \begin_layout Standard
47836 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47847 \begin_layout Standard
47848 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47849 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47850 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47851 This is done by specifying a
47856 More about this is described in the section
47867 \begin_layout Chapter
47868 Units available in LyX
47869 \begin_inset Index idx
47872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47881 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47888 \begin_layout Standard
47889 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47892 reference "cap:Units"
47896 explains all units available in LyX.
47899 \begin_layout Standard
47900 \begin_inset Float table
47906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47907 \begin_inset Caption
47909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47925 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47933 \begin_inset Tabular
47934 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47935 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48088 scaled point (65536
48089 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48149 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48204 % of original image width
48211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48418 \begin_layout Chapter
48420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48429 \begin_layout Standard
48430 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48431 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48434 \begin_layout Itemize
48437 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48440 \begin_layout Itemize
48446 \begin_layout Itemize
48452 \begin_layout Itemize
48458 \begin_layout Itemize
48464 \begin_layout Itemize
48470 \begin_layout Itemize
48476 \begin_layout Itemize
48482 \begin_layout Itemize
48485 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48488 \begin_layout Itemize
48494 \begin_layout Itemize
48500 \begin_layout Itemize
48506 \begin_layout Itemize
48512 \begin_layout Itemize
48518 \begin_layout Itemize
48524 \begin_layout Itemize
48530 \begin_layout Itemize
48536 \begin_layout Itemize
48538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48547 \begin_layout Standard
48548 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48551 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48558 \begin_layout Bibliography
48559 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48561 LatexCommand bibitem
48568 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48571 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48576 \begin_inset Newline newline
48580 \begin_inset Flex URL
48583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48585 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48593 \begin_layout Bibliography
48594 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48596 LatexCommand bibitem
48597 key "latexcompanion"
48601 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48603 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48606 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48609 \begin_layout Bibliography
48610 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48611 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48612 LatexCommand bibitem
48617 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48620 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48623 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48626 \begin_layout Bibliography
48627 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48628 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48629 LatexCommand bibitem
48636 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48639 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48642 \begin_layout Bibliography
48643 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48644 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48645 LatexCommand bibitem
48657 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48660 \begin_layout Bibliography
48661 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48662 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48663 LatexCommand bibitem
48669 \begin_inset Newline newline
48673 \begin_inset Flex URL
48676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48678 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48686 \begin_layout Bibliography
48687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48689 LatexCommand bibitem
48695 \begin_inset Newline newline
48699 \begin_inset Flex URL
48702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48704 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48712 \begin_layout Bibliography
48713 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48715 LatexCommand bibitem
48721 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48723 name "Documentation"
48724 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48733 \begin_inset Newline newline
48737 \begin_inset Flex URL
48740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48742 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48750 \begin_layout Bibliography
48751 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48752 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48753 LatexCommand bibitem
48759 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48761 name "Documentation"
48762 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48766 how to use the program
48771 \begin_inset Newline newline
48775 \begin_inset Flex URL
48778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48780 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48788 \begin_layout Bibliography
48789 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48791 LatexCommand bibitem
48797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48799 name "Documentation"
48800 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48809 \begin_inset Newline newline
48813 \begin_inset Flex URL
48816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48818 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48826 \begin_layout Bibliography
48827 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48828 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48829 LatexCommand bibitem
48835 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48837 name "Documentation"
48838 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48847 \begin_inset Newline newline
48851 \begin_inset Flex URL
48854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48856 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48864 \begin_layout Bibliography
48865 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48866 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48867 LatexCommand bibitem
48873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48875 name "Documentation"
48876 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48880 of the LaTeX-package
48885 \begin_inset Index idx
48888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48889 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48895 \begin_inset Newline newline
48899 \begin_inset Flex URL
48902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48904 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48912 \begin_layout Bibliography
48913 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48914 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48915 LatexCommand bibitem
48921 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48923 name "Documentation"
48924 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48928 of the LaTeX-package
48933 \begin_inset Index idx
48936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48937 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48943 \begin_inset Newline newline
48947 \begin_inset Flex URL
48950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48952 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48960 \begin_layout Bibliography
48961 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48962 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48963 LatexCommand bibitem
48969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48971 name "Documentation"
48972 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48976 of the LaTeX-package
48981 \begin_inset Index idx
48984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48985 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48991 \begin_inset Newline newline
48995 \begin_inset Flex URL
48998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49000 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49008 \begin_layout Bibliography
49009 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49010 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49011 LatexCommand bibitem
49019 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49021 name "Documentation"
49022 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49028 of the LaTeX-package
49033 \begin_inset Index idx
49036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49037 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49043 \begin_inset Newline newline
49047 \begin_inset Flex URL
49050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49052 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49060 \begin_layout Bibliography
49061 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49062 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49063 LatexCommand bibitem
49069 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49071 name "Documentation"
49072 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49076 of the LaTeX-package
49081 \begin_inset Index idx
49084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49085 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49091 \begin_inset Newline newline
49095 \begin_inset Flex URL
49098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49100 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49108 \begin_layout Bibliography
49109 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49110 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49111 LatexCommand bibitem
49117 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49119 name "Documentation"
49120 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49124 of the LaTeX-package
49129 \begin_inset Index idx
49132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49133 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49139 \begin_inset Newline newline
49143 \begin_inset Flex URL
49146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49148 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49156 \begin_layout Bibliography
49157 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49158 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49159 LatexCommand bibitem
49165 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49167 name "Documentation"
49168 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49172 of the LaTeX-package
49177 \begin_inset Index idx
49180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49181 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49187 \begin_inset Newline newline
49191 \begin_inset Flex URL
49194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49196 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49204 \begin_layout Bibliography
49205 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49206 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49207 LatexCommand bibitem
49213 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49215 name "Documentation"
49216 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49220 of the LaTeX-package
49225 \begin_inset Index idx
49228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49229 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49235 \begin_inset Newline newline
49239 \begin_inset Flex URL
49242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49244 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49252 \begin_layout Bibliography
49253 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49254 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49255 LatexCommand bibitem
49261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49264 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49268 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49269 \begin_inset Newline newline
49273 \begin_inset Flex URL
49276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49278 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49286 \begin_layout Bibliography
49287 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49288 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49289 LatexCommand bibitem
49295 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49298 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49302 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49303 \begin_inset Newline newline
49307 \begin_inset Flex URL
49310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49312 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49320 \begin_layout Bibliography
49321 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49322 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49323 LatexCommand bibitem
49329 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49332 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49336 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49337 \begin_inset Newline newline
49341 \begin_inset Flex URL
49344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49346 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49354 \begin_layout Bibliography
49355 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49356 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49357 LatexCommand bibitem
49363 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49366 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49370 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49371 \begin_inset Newline newline
49375 \begin_inset Flex URL
49378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49380 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49388 \begin_layout Bibliography
49389 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49390 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49391 LatexCommand bibitem
49397 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49400 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49404 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49405 \begin_inset Newline newline
49409 \begin_inset Flex URL
49412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49414 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49422 \begin_layout Bibliography
49423 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49424 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49425 LatexCommand bibitem
49431 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49434 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49438 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49439 \begin_inset Newline newline
49443 \begin_inset Flex URL
49446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49448 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49456 \begin_layout Bibliography
49457 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49458 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49459 LatexCommand bibitem
49465 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49468 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49472 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49473 \begin_inset Newline newline
49477 \begin_inset Flex URL
49480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49482 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49490 \begin_layout Bibliography
49491 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49492 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49493 LatexCommand bibitem
49499 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49502 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49506 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49507 \begin_inset Newline newline
49511 \begin_inset Flex URL
49514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49516 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49524 \begin_layout Bibliography
49525 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49526 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49527 LatexCommand bibitem
49533 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49536 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49540 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49541 \begin_inset Newline newline
49545 \begin_inset Flex URL
49548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49550 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49558 \begin_layout Bibliography
49559 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49561 LatexCommand bibitem
49567 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49570 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49574 about new features in
49579 \begin_inset Newline newline
49583 \begin_inset Flex URL
49586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49588 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49596 \begin_layout Standard
49597 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49631 \begin_inset Note Note
49634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49641 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49642 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49643 bibliography is the second one:
49651 \begin_layout Standard
49652 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49653 LatexCommand bibtex
49654 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49655 options "biblio/alphadin"
49662 \begin_layout Standard
49663 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49666 \begin_layout Standard
49667 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49668 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49674 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49675 LatexCommand printindex